Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 223

READING – WRITING

LESSON 1

I. LEAD-IN

1. Match the activities with the pictures. Use the words in the box.
do homework do the housework go for a walk go shopping
go to the gym make dinner meet friends play computer games

1.

2.

3.

4.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 1
5.

6.

7.

8.

2. In pairs, compare your answers and talk about which activities you often do.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 2
II. READING

3. You are going to read an article about the daily life of three teenagers from different countries.
Skim the text once quickly. Underline the activities that you do in your daily routine.

4. Read the article again and the sentences. Choose the best answer, A, B or C.
0. Who finishes studying before 1 p.m.? Answer: B
A. Ava B. Michael C. Nina
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 3
1. Who works with a member of the family after college?
4.1 TIP
A. Ava B. Michael C. Nina In this kind of exam task, there is often
2. Who goes out in the car in the evenings? information about the question in more than
one text. Look at the information in green.
A. Ava B. Michael C. Nina Think about why B is the correct answer
3. Who gets a lift in a car to college most mornings? here.
A. Ava B. Michael C. Nina
4. Who prepares the evening meal for the family?
A. Ava B. Michael C. Nina
5. Who pays to do extra activities in the afternoons? 4.2 MINI TIP
A. Ava B. Michael C. Nina Look at the information in yellow in the
article about family members. Which one
6. Who finds it difficult to watch TV in the evenings? answers the question correctly?
A. Ava B. Michael C. Nina
7. Who lives a long way from the sea?
A. Ava B. Michael C. Nina

5. Read the information about the daily routine of a student at a UK university. Complete the text
using the verbs in brackets in the correct form.
Dan usually (1) ……………………. (get up) at 8 a.m., (2) ……………………. (have) a shower and
(3) ……………………. (eat) breakfast. After that, he always (4) ……………………. (get) his books ready
and then (5) ……………………. (go) to his lectures until midday. He usually (7) …………………….
(return) home and (6) ……………………. (make) lunch for himself at about 12:30 p.m. Then, he
sometimes (8) ……………………. (watch) a bit of TV. At about 3 p.m., he often (9) …………………….
(meet) a friend for coffee. At 3:30 p.m., they sometimes (10) ……………………. (go) to the library
together. Dan always (11) ……………………. (study) for a few hours and then at around 6:30 p.m. he
(12) ……………………. (go) home. He usually (13) ……………………. (cook) dinner for himself and his
flat mates. In the evening, he sometimes (14) ……………………. (exercise) at the gym or goes for a run.
After that, he relaxes in front of the TV or (15) ……………………. (see) his friends. He never goes to bed
early, but usually (16) ……………………. (fall) asleep at around midnight.

6. Look again at the information in Exercise 5. Write about your daily routine and the activities you
do every day.
I sometimes do the laundry. I never make dinner. My brother often takes out the bins.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 4
III. WRITING

7. Read the paragraph and answer the following questions.

1. What do you think the paragraph is about?


a. Useful high school subjects
b. Working and studying at the same time
c. How much money a part-time job pays
2. Which sentence tells the writer’s most important idea?
a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 8
3. What do sentences 3, 4, and 5 do?
a. They show new ideas.
b. They give examples.
c. They show different opinions.

WRITING FOCUS: What is a paragraph?

A paragraph is a group of about 6-12 sentences about one topic. Every sentence in a strong paragraph is
about the same topic. All of the sentences explain the writer's main idea (most important idea) about that
topic. When the writer wants to write about a new main idea, he / she begins a new paragraph.

A paragraph can give information, tell an opinion, explain something, or even tell a short story. The
sentences are arranged logically, so the reader can easily understand what the writer wants to say.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 5
In academic writing, a paragraph has a topic sentence that directly tells the reader the main idea. The other
sentences in the paragraph, called supporting sentences, give more information about the topic. They add
specific details and explanations. In academic English, the topic sentence is usually (but not always!) first
or last.

8. Work with a partner. Read the groups of sentences below. Circle the letters of the strong
paragraphs. If you think the sentences make a weak paragraph, say why. Choose one or more of these
reasons:
• The sentences are not all about the same topic.
• There are not enough sentences.
• There is no topic sentence.
• Some sentences say the same thing.

When I need a good place to study, I go to the library. It's always quiet there, so I can concentrate. It’s
easy to find the books I need, and I can search for information on the Internet because there are several
computers. The other people in the library are also reading or working, so the mood is good for studying.
I study better and faster in the library than in any other place.

a. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

I need to buy a motorcycle. With a motorcycle, I could get to my job more quickly. It takes two hours to
get to work by train. That's very slow. A motorcycle is much faster. If I had a motorcycle, I could save a
lot of time. Taking the train is not fast enough for me.

b. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

First, insert a blank CD into the computer. Then, select the song list that you want to copy. You will see a
button that says, "Click here to burn." Click on that button. Then just wait a few minutes. That's all!

c. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

I will never forget my first day of high school. I was very nervous because I didn't know any of the other
students. In my first class, I looked around for someone friendly. I saw a girl at the front of the room who

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 6
also looked nervous, so I decided to make friends with her. Even though I was shy about talking to her, I
went up to her and said, "Don't be nervous. I will help you. Do you want to sit with me?" She looked a
little surprised and said, “Actually, I am the new teacher.”

d. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Cell phones are very popular. They are really convenient. They're small and light.

e. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

Sports instructor is a good part-time job. You can enjoy your favorite activity and earn money at the same
time. Some other jobs pay better. You can also volunteer as an instructor. I had a difficult time learning to
swim, because my instructor wasn't very good. My tennis instructor was much better. If you get a lot of
experience as a sports instructor, you can get a job as a coach in the future.

f. ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

9. Read this paragraph about a student's first job. What is the topic?

a. Working in a laboratory
b. Getting my first job
c. What my first job taught me
Learning Responsibility
1
My first job was as a sales clerk in a small clothing shop. 2It wasn't a difficult job, and it wasn't really a
very interesting job. 3My best friend had a more exciting job. 4Every weekend I had to open the store at
10:00 a.m. 5I couldn't be late. 6Now on weekends I like to sleep late. 7I helped customers find clothes, and
I kept the store neat and clean. 8My parents' house was very clean, too. 9I used the cash register and
handled credit cards, so I had to be very careful. 10These things all taught me responsibility. 11Now I work
in a research laboratory. 12I don't work with clothing anymore, but I still use that important skill I learned
in my first job.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 7
10. Cross out the sentences that are not connected to the topic.

11. Which additional sentences could be connected to the paragraph? Write C (connected) or U
(unconnected).

a. ………… I answered the phone and opened the mail.


b. ………… On weekdays I did my homework for school.
c. ………… I once worked delivering pizza, too.
d. ………… I learned how to choose and order new clothing.
e. ………… Dressing neatly and professionally was an important part of the job.
f. ………… A lab assistant is a good job for me.
g. ………… In the future, I would like to take some business trips.

12. Look at these sentences for a paragraph about having a part-time job in high school. Cross out the
ones that are not connected. Write a paragraph using the connected sentences.

Having a part-time job is a valuable experience for high school students. They can learn many things that
are not usually taught in a classroom; for example, they can learn how to work with older people. I was
the youngest person in my high school class. They also get experience with the business world. I took a
business class in college that was very good. Having a part-time job gives students a sense of
independence. They can also earn money to use for college. College tuition in the U.S. is more expensive
than in many other countries. Education is more than just school subjects. Learning about the real world is
also important. Some colleges help their graduates find jobs after graduation.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 8
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

READING – WRITING
LESSON 1

HOMEWORK

READING AND WRITING

Exercise 1: Read the text. Then complete the exercise .


How to have a great day every day
Many people want to know how to work harder and feel better. How can you have a great day at school or
at the office? A good daily routine can help you to have a great day every day.
A Get up early
Many people want to stay in bed in the morning, but it is best to get up before 7:00 a.m. If you start
working or studying early, you will have more ideas and you will be able to work faster. Many well-
known writers and musicians from the past believed that it was important to get up early – and to go to
bed early too. You should also try to get up at the same time every day, because this is good for your body
and brain.

B Eat breakfast
Breakfast is the most important meal of the day. People often say that they don’t have time to eat
breakfast, but they will find it more difficult to start work, and they will soon feel very hungry. A healthy
meal of toast, eggs, and fruit juice will help you to work well all morning – and stop you from eating
unhealthy food like crisps and chocolate later in the morning!

C Go for a walk
If you usually spend a lot of time in your office or in the classroom, it is very important to go outside and
get some fresh air. If you spend just 30 minutes a day walking outside, you will feel less tired and you will
be able to do more when you get back to work or school. A walk in the park every day will make you feel
much healthier and will help you to do your best work.

Choose the correct paragraph to match the information. Read the text on the first screen again to help
you.
1. A lot of people don’t have time to do this.
A B C
2. This will stop you from feeling tired.
A B C
3. This will stop you from eating food that is bad for you.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 9
A B C
4. In the past, famous people thought that this was a good idea.
A B C
5. You should do this at the same time every day.
A B C
6. Many people don’t want to do this.
A B C

Exercise 2: Choose the correct verbs to complete the email.


Dear Jane,
Thank you for your email. It was very interesting to hear about your daily life in Cambridge, England. I am
writing to tell you about my typical day in Rome. On school days I usually
do/get/have up at 7:00 a.m. I have a shower and do/get/make dressed. In Italy, we don’t have to wear a
school uniform, so I normally wear jeans and a T-shirt. Then I do/have/take breakfast with my parents and
sister. I usually eat bread with jam and drink orange juice. My school starts at 8:30 a.m., so I leave my house
at 8:00 a.m. I don’t live far from the school, so I walk there with my friends. My sister’s school is far away,
so she takes a bus. I have lessons in the morning until 1:00 p.m. and then I go home and do/go/have lunch
with my mum. In Italy we often eat a lot for lunch, including pasta, meat and salad, but we have a much
smaller dinner. In the afternoon I do my homework and help my mum to do/have/make the housework. I do
the washing up and do/have/take out the bins. I have football practice on Tuesday afternoons and a piano
lesson on Thursday afternoons. I have dinner at about 7:00 p.m. Every day after dinner, I go/have/take for a
walk with my family around the town. We often stop and have an ice cream in my favourite ice cream shop.
I usually go/have/make to bed at about 10:00 p.m., because I have school the next day.
Hope to hear from you soon.
Best wishes,
Alessia

Exercise 3: Read the email. Then complete the exercise

Dear Jane,
Thank you for your email. It was very interesting to hear about your daily life in Cambridge, England. I
am writing to tell you about my typical day in Rome. On school days I usually get up at 7:00 a.m. I have a
shower and get dressed. In Italy, we don’t have to wear a school uniform, so I normally wear jeans and a
T-shirt. Then I have breakfast with my parents and sister. I usually eat bread with jam and drink orange
juice. My school starts at 8:30 a.m., so I leave my house at 8:00 a.m. I don’t live far from the school, so I
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 10
walk there with my friends. My sister’s school is far away, so she takes a bus. I have lessons in the
morning until 1:00 p.m. and then I go home and have lunch with my mum. In Italy we often eat a lot for
lunch, including pasta, meat and salad, but we have a much smaller dinner. In the afternoon I do my
homework and help my mum to do the housework. I do the washing up and take out the bins. I have
football practice on Tuesday afternoons and a piano lesson on Thursday afternoons. I have dinner at about
7:00 p.m. Every day after dinner, I go for a walk with my family around the town. We often stop and have
an ice cream in my favourite ice cream shop. I usually go to bed at about 10:00 p.m., because I have
school the next day.
Hope to hear from you soon.
Best wishes,
Alessia

Choose the correct answers. Read the email on the first screen again to help you.
1. Jane lives in Cambridge/Rome .
2. On school days, Alessia usually wears a school uniform/ jeans and a T-shirt .
3. Alessia lives close to/far from her school.
4. Alessia normally eats a big/small lunch .
5. Alessia plays football/the piano on Thursdays.
6. Alessia always/sometimes goes for a walk after dinner.

Exercise 4: Read the text about professional swimmer Michael Daley’s day. Then complete the
exercise.

I usually get up at around 6:00 a.m. Before I became a professional swimmer, I got up late most days, but
I don’t ever stay in bed now, even on Sundays! I always go to the gym in the mornings. I spend about 30
minutes on the running machine, and then another 30 minutes doing other exercises. It is very important
for me to stay fit and healthy. I only spend two hours at the gym when I have a big swimming
competition. I get home from the gym at about 8:00 a.m., have a shower and get dressed. I always have a
big breakfast of cereal with banana, toast, eggs, coffee and orange juice. Breakfast is the most important
meal of the day for me because I do a lot of swimming every day. After breakfast, I go for a long walk in
the park near my house. The exercise helps me to relax and feel prepared for the rest of the day.
Then it’s time for me to start work. From 10:00 a.m. until 1:00 p.m. I normally go to the swimming pool
and train for two hours with my personal trainer. I swim about five kilometres, and practise diving. After
my training, I usually have a meeting with my trainer to talk about how well I’m doing and what I still

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 11
need to work on. I sometimes have lunch at the pool café with my trainer, but if I have a television
interview, I’ll walk over to the TV studio. All my friends think that it’s exciting to be on television, but it
takes a long time to film, so it can be a bit boring. It’s not difficult to do TV interviews, but it takes a long
time to get ready. At home, it takes me about 20 minutes to have a shower, get dressed and do my hair, or
maybe half an hour if I’m going somewhere special, but at the TV studio it takes an hour! If I have a big
competition coming up, then I do more training in the afternoon, or have more meetings with my trainer.
In the evenings, I usually relax at home with my wife, Emma. I quite enjoy cooking, so we often eat at
home together. Emma hated my cooking at first, but now she thinks it’s OK. Her father is a chef at a top
restaurant, so she loves good food. We sometimes go to a restaurant for dinner. We both love Korean
food, and there’s a great place near my house. I never eat fast food like burgers and kebabs, or my trainer
will get angry with me. Then Emma and I usually watch a film on television. We both love comedy films,
and Emma also likes romantic films, but I’m not a big fan – I prefer action films. I usually go to bed at
10.00 p.m. because I need to be back in the gym by 7.00 a.m. the next day!

Choose the correct answers. Read the text on the first screen again to help you.
1. When does Michael get up late now?
o Most days.
o On Sundays
o Never.
2. Michael usually exercises at the gym for
o 30 minutes.
o 1 hour.
o 2 hour.
3. After breakfast, Michael
o gets prepared for the day
o goes for a walk.
o relaxes in his house.
4. Michael says that TV interviews are sometimes
o exciting.
o Boring
o difficult
5. When Michael gets ready at the TV studio, it takes him
o 20 minutes.
o 30 minutes.
o 1 hour.
6. What does Michael’s wife, Emma, think about his cooking now?
o She loves it.
o She hates it.
o She doesn’t mind it.
7. Michael often eats
o dinner at home.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 12
o dinner in a restaurant.
o burgers and kebabs.
8. Both Michael and Emma like watching
o comedy films.
o romantic films.
o action films.

Exercise 5: Complete the sentences. Write the verbs in brackets in the correct form of the present
simple tense. The first question has been done for you.
1. I usually __________ (get up) at around 6:00 a.m.
2. I always __________ (drink) orange juice for breakfast.
3. Breakfast __________ (be) the most important meal of the day for me.
4. My sister’s school is far away, so she ______________ (take) a bus.
5. I usually __________ (wear) jeans and a T-shirt.
6. I never ____________ (eat) fast food like burgers and kebabs.
7. We both love tennis and Jane also ___________ (like) football
8. We sometimes __________ (go) to a restaurant for dinner.

Exercise 6: Complete the sentences with the words in the box.


always never often sometimes usually

1. I walk to school with my friends most days.


I ___________ walk to school with my friends
2. I have a cup of coffee every day at 11:00 a.m.
I __________ have a cup of coffee at 11:00 a.m.
3. Some weekends, I go to a museum or art gallery.
I _________ go to a museum or art gallery at the weekend.
4. I don’t watch TV at all.
I __________ watch TV.
5. I go to the gym a lot.
I __________ go to the gym.

READING – WRITING
LESSON 1

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 13
HOMEWORK

GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY

Exercise 1: Match the words with the pictures. Use the words in the box.

Bank car park chemist's library post office sports centre supermarket

1.

2.

3.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 14
4.

5.

6.

7.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 15
Exercise 2: Match the opposite words. Use the words in the box.

early full large left near open

1.far
2.right
3.late
4.small
5.closed
6.empty

Exercise 3: Complete the conversations. Use the words in the box.

big closed full late near right

1. A: Are there any spaces in the car park?


B: No, it’s usually ___________ by nine o’clock in the morning.
2. A: Is the cafeteria open now?
B: No, it’s always ___________ at this time.
3. A: Are there any shops __________the college?
B: No, they are all about ten minutes away by bus.
4. A: Are the toilets on the left?
B: No, they’re on the ______________ .
5. A: Is the library small?
B: No, it’s very ______________ .
6. A: Am I ___________ for the first lesson?
B: No, you’re five minutes early.

Exercise 4: Put the words in the correct order to complete the sentences.

The is this reception


1. ___________ ___________ ___________ ____________

We main in office are the


2. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ____________ __________

Are these toilets the


3. ___________ ___________ ___________ ____________

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 16
Over stairs there are the
4. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ____________

A there computer room and a café is


5. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ____________

Small car park only there one is


6. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ____________ __________

A drinks there is machine


7. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ____________ ?

Bank a there isn't


8. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________

Any there supermarkets are


9. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ?

A chemist isn't no, there


10. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ____________

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 17
READING – WRITING

LESSON 2

I. LEAD-IN

1. Match the activities with the pictures. Use the words in the box.

bookcase cupboard cushion desk lamp picture rug television

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 18
6.

7.

8.

2. In pairs, talk to your friends about a room in your house.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 19
II. READING

3. Giorgio is going to university. Before he goes, he needs to organise his accommodation. He emails
his friend Gavin for help and advice. Read the advert and the email. Then, complete Giorgio’s notes.

Giorgio’s notes:
Name of person to contact: 1. …………………………………
Name of Company: 2. …………………………………
Office location: 3. …………………………………
Email: 4. …………………………………
Contact: Monday to Saturday – in the office. Sunday – 5. …………………………………

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 20
4. Look at the table and read the questions and statements. Giorgio decides to make a phone call to
Andrew Taylor. What might they ask or say to each other? Put a tick ✔ next to the question or
statement each one might ask or say.

Giorgio Andrew Taylor


1. Are you a student?
2. I am a student.
3. What do you want to study?
4. I live with my parents at the moment.
5. Can you speak English?
6. Where is the accommodation?

5. Read the sentences from Giorgio and Andrew’s conversation and choose the best answer, A, B or C.
A
1. Good afternoon, Prime Location Agency, Andrew Taylor speaking. …………….
2. Oh, hello, Giorgio. Thank you for your call, I have some questions for you. …………….
A
3. First of all, …………….
C - in a room on campus or in private accommodation?
4. I'm not sure. …………….
B
5. Well, tell me a little about your personality and your preferences. …………….
A
6. OK, that's great. …………….
A sometimes have a quiet room where you can study in private?
7. If you live in private accommodation, you have a quiet life with maybe one or two other students who are
your housemates. Although, it takes a long time to travel to university. C
8. OK, one final question. Would you prefer catered accommodation?
I'm not sure. …………….
B
1. A. Can I check your student status? 5. A. Are you a sociable person?
B. Can I give you my student status? B. You are a sociable person?
C. Have you got time to speak? Can you check my C. Do you be a sociable person?
student status? 6. A. Do you also like to
2. A. I hope that you don't mind. B. You also like to
B. I hope that you mind. C. Do you also like
C. Do you mind? 7. A. What you think?
3. A. Where you want to live? B. What you do think?
B. Where you do want to live? C. What do you think?
C. Where do you want to live? 8. A What is catered mean?
4. A. You can give me some advice? B. What does catered mean?
B. Can you give me some advice? C. What means catered?
C. Can give me you some advice?

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 21
6. Listen again to the conversation in Exercise 5 and check your answers.

7. Read the rest of the conversation between Giorgio and Andrew Taylor. Complete the conversation
with the correct sentences A-H. Here is one example.
Andrew: Do you have another question you want to ask me?
Giorgio: 1. …….D……...
Andrew: I think the house has superfast broadband. The Wi-Fi is sometimes very busy and slow on campus.
Giorgio: 2. ………………
G
Andrew: You also have a TV in the private room, so you can connect your computer and play games on the
TV.
A
Giorgio: 3. ………………
Andrew: No, but you or your roommate can bring one.
Sometimes in tests, there are
Giorgio: 4. ………………
B
more answers than questions, so
Andrew: Yes, it's good because you can study together. be careful to make sure you
Giorgio: 5. ………………
E choose the best option.
Andrew: Would you like to discuss everything with your parents?
Giorgio: 6. ………………
F
Andrew: OK. Let me email you some information. You can contact me again after you read it.

A. Oh, great. Do the rooms on campus also have TVs?


B. Really? I like the idea of having a roommate.
C. It's important to me to have a shower in the room.
D. Yes. Is the Wi-Fi connection better on campus or in the private house?
E. Yes, but I prefer to study alone. Oh, I don't know what to choose.
F. Yes, that's a good idea. They always give me good advice.
G. Oh, that's good to know. I really like playing online games, you see.
H. My room in my parents' house is on the second floor.

III. WRITING

WRITING FOCUS: What is a paragraph?

A good topic sentence should include either of the following:


• one clear topic
weak: It's important to have friends, and also to do well in school.
strong: I don't think I will ever have a better friend than Heather.

• an opinion or idea about the topic


weak: I have been studying karate.
strong: Studying karate has given me strength and self-confidence.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 22
A good topic sentence should not be:
• too broad (too much to write about)
weak: Australia is an interesting country.
strong: On my visit to Australia, I saw many unusual animals.

• too narrow (not enough to write about / is just a fact)


weak: School starts at 8:30 a.m.
strong: Getting ready for school in the morning is more difficult than any of my classes.

Remember:
The topic sentence is usually the first or last sentence, but it can be any sentence in the paragraph.

8. Look at these topic sentences. Circle the topic of the sentence. Underline the main idea.
a. My sister is my best friend.
b. Snowboarding is my favourite winter sport.
c. The last CD I bought changed my life.
d. There are three reasons why my cell phone is useful.
e. Reading novels, such as the Harry Potter stories, can help students improve their English.
f. My part-time job taught me several new skills.
g. Disneyland was a great place for our family vacation.

9. In the following pairs, circle the number of the best topic sentence. Then explain your choice to a
partner. Say why the sentence you didn't choose is weak. Use one or more of these reasons:
• It's too broad.
• It's too narrow.
• There is no main idea or opinion.
• There is more than one main idea.
a. 1. Many people in England and the United States have cats.
2. Cats are good company for their owners.
=> There is no strong opinion or idea about the topic; it is too broad.
b. 1. Studying English in high school helps you get a better job.
2. We study English in high school.
=> ……………………………………………………………………………….
There is no main idea or opinion.

c. 1. The food and people in Japan, Taiwan, and Korea are very interesting and different, and so are the
buildings.
2. Traditional Japanese food is different from Korean food.
=> ……………………………………………………………………………….
It's too narrow.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 23
d. 1. My grandfather has helped me in many ways.
2. My grandfather is 86 years old.
=> ……………………………………………………………………………….
There is no main idea or opinion.

e. 1. I really like sports.


2. Baseball has taught me many things about life.
=> ……………………………………………………………………………….
There is no main idea or opinion.

f. 1. There are many environmental problems around the world.


2. It's important to save the rainforests in South America.
=> ……………………………………………………………………………….
It's too broad. ; There is more than one main idea

g. 1. I got an A on my last maths test.


2. I have a secret technique for learning maths.
=> ……………………………………………………………………………….
There is no main idea or opinion.

LANGUAGE FOCUS: Using and and but to join sentences

10. Work with a partner. Look at these pairs of sentences. How are they similar? How are they
different? Which do you like better, and why?

a. 1. I sent my mother a birthday card. I called her.


2. I sent my mother a birthday card and called her. Sentences about the same topic can often be
combined with words like and and but.
b. 1. I like getting flowers. I don't like getting candy.
2. I like getting flowers, but I don't like getting candy. Use but to show contrasting ideas: good / bad,
easy / difficult, positive / negative.
c. 1. I didn't send my brother a birthday present. He didn't send me one.
2. I didn't send my brother a birthday present, and he didn't send me one. Use and to join similar ideas.

• In each case, the sentences in 2 flow better—that is, they sound more fluent and natural.
• Sentences about the same topic can often be combined with words like and and but.
• Use and to join similar ideas. In 7a, the writer did two things for her mother's birthday (sent a card;
called her). How are the actions in 7c similar?
• Use but to show contrasting ideas: good / bad, easy / difficult, positive / negative. What is the
contrast in 7b?

11. Complete this paragraph with and or but.

Same Holiday, Different Customs

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 24
People in the United States and Japan celebrate Valentine's Day on February 14. However, the
holiday is celebrated in different ways in each country. In the U.S, Valentine's Day is enjoyed by friends and
romantic partners, a. …………………
but in Japan , usually only romantic partners celebrate this day.
Chocolate is the most popular gift in Japan, b. and
………………… it is common in the U.S. too. However, in
the U.S, other kinds of gifts are also given, c. …………………
and many people exchange cards. The biggest
difference is that in Japan, girls and women give chocolate to boys and men, d. …………………
But in the U.S.,
boys and girls give cards or small gifts to all of their friends. American men and women give gifts and cards
to each other. In fact, women usually get more expensive gifts than men. I would like to be a man in Japan,
e. …………………
but a woman in the U.S.!

NOTE: Don't begin sentences with And or But in academic writing. Use In addition or However
instead.

READING – WRITING
LESSON 2

HOMEWORK

READING AND WRITING

Exercise 1: Read the text. Then complete the exercise.

Many international students come to study at New College every year. There are three main types of
accommodation available to international students: college halls of residence, private houses or flats, and
host families.

A College halls of residence


There are three halls of residence on the college campus. Tulip Hall and Rose Hall have single rooms for
students with a bed, desk, chair, wardrobe, cupboard and a bookcase. There are shared bathrooms and a
shared kitchen. In Holly Hall, the rooms also have their own bathrooms. Students have breakfast, lunch
and dinner in the college restaurant. The college halls of residence are a good choice for students who

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 25
want to make new friends, but would prefer not to cook their own meals.

B Private houses or flats


Some students prefer to find their own house or flat in the city. This is more expensive than staying on
campus or with a host family, but many students like to do this because they can live with their friends.
Students can find houses and flats to rent in the city on the college website. This is a good option for
students who prefer to cook for themselves. There is often a living room where students can spend time
together when they are not working.

C Host families
Another popular choice for international students is to stay with a local host family. Students live in a
house or flat with a family. The family makes breakfast and dinner for the student, but they need to buy
their own lunch. The family also spends time with them in the evening and organises activities for the
weekend. All students have their own bedroom, and share the bathroom, living room and kitchen with the
family. This is a really good way for international students to improve their level of English quickly by
talking to members of the host family.

Match the information with the three paragraphs. Read the text on the first screen again to help you.
1. This costs more than the other types of accommodation.
o A
o B
o C
2. This accommodation includes three meals.
o A
o B
o C
3. Students need to cook their own meals in this type of accommodation.
o A
o B
o C
4. With this accommodation students have trips organised for them at the weekend.
o A
o B
o C
5. This accommodation has three different buildings where students can live.
o A
o B
o C
6. This type of accommodation can help students to improve their English.
o A
o B
o C

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 26
Exercise 2: Read the text. Then complete the exercise.

Many international students come to study at New College every year. There are three main types of
accommodation available to international students: college halls of residence, private houses or flats, and
host families.
There are three halls of residence on the college campus. Tulip Hall and Rose Hall have single rooms for
students with a bed, desk, chair, wardrobe, cupboard and a bookcase. There are shared bathrooms and a
shared kitchen. In Holly Hall, the rooms also have their own bathrooms. Students have breakfast, lunch
and dinner in the college restaurant. The college halls of residence are a good choice for students who
want to make new friends, but would prefer not to cook their own meals.
Some students prefer to find their own house or flat in the city. This is more expensive than staying on
campus or with a host family, but many students like to do this because they can live with their friends.
Students can find houses and flats to rent in the city on the college website. This is a good option for
students who prefer to cook for themselves. There is often a living room where students can spend time
together when they are not working.
Another popular choice for international students is to stay with a local host family. Students live in a
house or flat with a family. The family makes breakfast and dinner for the student, but they need to buy
their own lunch. The family also spends time with them in the evening and organises activities for the
weekend. All students have their own bedroom, and share the bathroom, living room and kitchen with the
family. This is a really good way for international students to improve their level of English quickly by
talking to members of the host family.

Which type of accommodation would be the best choice for each student? Read the text on the first
screen again to help you.
1. Komal from India
I would like to get to know people from this country and to improve my level of English really quickly. I
don’t want to spend a lot of money on a room. I like cooking, and would like to learn how to cook English
food.
Best choice of accommodation:
o halls of residence
o private house or flat
o host family
2. Pierre from France
I am planning to study a lot this year, so I want to be close to the library. I don’t want to spend a lot of time
shopping for food and cooking.
Best choice of accommodation:
o halls of residence
o private house or flat

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 27
o host family
3. Yuxi from China
My sister and I are both studying at New College and we would like to live together, maybe with one or two
other people. We would like to live close to the college, but we would prefer to cook our own meals.
Best choice of accommodation:
o halls of residence
o private house or flat
o host family
4. Ahmed from Dubai
I am new to the city, and would like to make new friends. I don’t like cooking and I don’t want to travel far
to get to the college.
Best choice of accommodation:
o halls of residence
o private house or flat
o host family
5. Nasreen from Saudi Arabia
I would like to relax in the evening and talk to people in English. I don’t want to spend all of my time with
students from my country, as I need to improve my level of English quickly.
Best choice of accommodation:
o halls of residence
o private house or flat
o host family

Exercise 3: Read about professional runner Rosa Martinez and where she goes on holiday. Then
complete the exercise .
A As a famous runner, I do a lot of travelling as part of my job. Last year I did races in London, New
York, Paris and Dubai. I also went to Thailand for a big sports event, which was an amazing experience.
However, when I have time to take a holiday, I love going to my aunt and uncle’s house in the south of
Spain. I go there for two weeks every summer with my whole family. My aunt and uncle bought the house
when I was very young and I still remember the summers I spent there when I was a child. It is a beautiful
house and my favourite place to stay in the whole world.
B The house is just outside a small village and it is close to the mountains and the sea. It is more than 100
years old. In the past, it was a farm with horses, chickens and sheep. There are no animals there now, but
there is still a lot of land, so the house has a really big garden. In the garden, there is a barbecue area, and
we often have dinner there in the summertime. There are fruit trees, vegetables and a lot of flowers. We
don’t need a swimming pool, because the house is so close to the sea. We always spend a lot of time at the
beach when we go there in the summer.
C All of the rooms are large and pretty. On the ground floor, there is a big kitchen and living room, a
bathroom and one bedroom. Upstairs there is one large bedroom with its own small bathroom. You can
see the mountains from this bedroom. There are two more bedrooms where you can see the sea. My
favourite bedroom is the first one on the left when you go up the stairs. I used to stay there when I was a
child. It has a seat in the window where I like to sit and read books or write letters.
D The style of the house is very traditional. There is a very large dinner table in the kitchen, so that the
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 28
whole family can sit down and eat together. The living room has comfortable chairs and a large television
screen. We often watch films or play games there in the evenings. My uncle made a lot of the furniture
himself. He made the tables and chairs in the kitchen and all the beds. The walls are all painted in
different shades of green and blue to look like the sea. My aunt loves to paint, and does beautiful paintings
of the mountains and the sea in the area. There are many of these paintings on the walls.
E The house is close to some of the most beautiful countryside in the area, and it is possible to walk to
some of the best beaches, where there are not many people. In fact, we sometimes have the whole beach
to ourselves! The village is a short walk or bicycle ride from the house, and you can find some lovely
cafés and restaurants in the main square. I often go canoeing, horse riding and hiking nearby. It is great to
get away from the city and relax in nature.
Match the information with the correct paragraph. Read the text on the first screen again to help you.
1. Some outdoor activities that Rosa likes doing
o A
o B
o C
o D
o E
2. Rosa’s favourite place to sleep
o A
o B
o C
o D
o E
3. The history of the house
o A
o B
o C
o D
o E
4. The furniture in the house
o A
o B
o C
o D
o E
5. Rosa’s favourite place to go on holiday
o A
o B
o C
o D
o E
6. Where Rosa’s family spend time in the evening
o A
o B
o C
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 29
o D
o E
7. Places to eat near the house
o A
o B
o C
o D
o E
8. Rosa’s aunt’s hobby
o A
o B
o C
o D
o E

Exercise 4: Choose the correct words to complete the paragraph.

I live at/in/on number 9 Castle Street. It is a small, yellow house with a red front door. There is a garden
behind/in/on the house. There are trees and lots of flowers in/on/under the garden.At/In/On the ground floor
of the house, there is a large kitchen and a small living room.In/On/Under the living room, there is a sofa
and two armchairs. There is a lamp in/next to/on the sofa, and there is a television in/on/under a small
window. Upstairs there are three bedrooms and a bathroom. My bedroom is the smallest. There is a bed, a
small table and a desk. There is a lamp at/in/on the desk and some posters in/near/on the walls.

Exercise 5: Read the description of a room. Complete the paragraph with the present simple form of
the verbs in brackets. The first question has been done for you.
My favourite room in my house is (be) the living room. I 1.________
like (like) this room because it is very
relaxing and I enjoy spending time there with my friends and family. The living room is at the front of my
house. There 2.___________
are (be) two big sofas and two small armchairs. The sofas 3.______________
are
(be) blue and the armchairs are grey. My sister put a lot of cushions on the sofas. There 4.___________
is (be)
also a colourful rug on the floor, which my parents bought when they went on holiday to Turkey. There is a
big painting of some boats on the wall, and some pictures of me and my sister and my parents. There is a big
bookcase with a lot of books in it. Sometimes I 5.___________
sit (sit) in my favourite chair and
6.____________
read (read) a book. There is a big television screen on the wall. I often 7.__________
watch (watch)
films with my family on Saturday nights. Sometimes we order pizza and 8._____________
eat (eat) it in the
living room while the film is on. There is also a piano in the living room. My sister 9. _____________
plays

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 30
(play) the piano very well. I 10.___________
am (be) not very good, but I have lessons, so I hope I will be
better one day.

READING – WRITING
LESSON 2

HOMEWORK

GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY

Exercise 1: Match the sentence halves.

is my mother’s father. is my father’s mother. is my mother’s son. is my father’s daughter.


is the child of my aunt. is my mother’s brother. is my father’s sister.

1. My grandfather is my father's mother


2. My uncle is my mother's brother
3. My aunt is my father's sister
4. My grandmother is my mother's father
5. My cousin is the child of my aunt
6. My brother is my mother's son
7. My sister is my father's daughter

Exercise 2: Match the formal and informal family words. Use the words in the box.

auntie dad grandma grandpa kids mum

Formal Informal
1.father dad
2.mother mum
3.grandmother grandma
4.grandfather grandpa

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 31
5.aunt auntie
6.children kids

Exercise 3: Look at the family tree. Complete the sentences. Use the words in the box.

aunt baby brother brother children grandmother husband mother son wife

1. Martin is Sara’s ___________


brother

2. Jimmie is Martin and Sara’s _____________


baby brother
3. Martin, Sara and Jimmie are Sylvia and Tom’s _____________
children .
4. Sylvia is Tom’s _____________
wife .
5. Ivor is Lilian’s _____________
husband .
6. Lilian is Becky’s ______________
mother .
7. Becky is Sara’s _____________
aunt .
8. Lilian is Martin’s _____________
grandmother .
9. Tom is Ivor and Lilian’s ____________
son .

Exercise 4: Complete the sentences. Use the words in the box.

We're Are they He’s Is she She’s


You’re she isn’t they aren’t they’re
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 32
Amanda: This is a photo of me and my brothers and sisters. We’re on the beach.
Samir: Wow, there are seven of you! _____________
you are a really big family.
Amanda: My oldest sister is 32 and my two youngest brothers are 8. No, sorry, ____________
they are 9 now.
Samir: ___________
Are they twins?
Amanda: Yes, that’s right.
Samir: And how old is your other brother?
Amanda: __________
He is the same age as me. James and I are twins as well!
Samir: Really!
Amanda: This is a photo of my dad with his younger brother, my Uncle Tom. Uncle Tom’s just got married
and that’s his new wife, Maria.
Samir:___________
Is she English?
Amanda: No, _____________
she is not . ___________
She is Spanish.
Samir: And who are the four children?
Amanda: They’re my dad’s four grandchildren.
Samir: Are they all boys?
Amanda: No, __________
they are not . He’s got one grandson and three granddaughters.

Exercise 5: Match the questions with the answers.

Yes, we are. She’s 39. No, he isn’t.


Yes, they are They’re 5 and 9. No, she isn’t.

1. How old is your mum? She is 39


2. How old are your cousins? They are 5 and 9
3. Are you and your sister good friends? Yes, we are

4. Is your sister older than you? No, she is not


5. Are your aunt and uncle in the photo? Yes, they are

6. Is her husband Italian? No, he is not

Exercise 6: Put the words in the correct order to complete the sentences.
We're on beach all the

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 33
1. ___________ ___________
We are all on the beach ___________ ____________ ___________

Really big you're family a


2. ___________
You are really a___________
big family __________ ___________ ____________

Are two brothers 9 now my


3. ___________ ___________
My two brothers are 9 now. ___________ ____________ ___________

How brother your old other is


4. ___________
How old is your ___________
other brother? __________ ___________ ____________ ___________?

Four who the are children


5. ___________ ___________
Who are the four children? __________ ___________ ____________?

They're my grandchildren dad's four


6. ___________ ___________
They are my dad's __________ ___________ ____________
four grandchildren

Exercise 7: Rewrite the underlined words with the correct short forms.
1. You are a big family. You're
2. They are my uncle’s grandchildren. They're
3. We are not twins. aren't
4. I am in the photo. I'm

5. He is the same age as me. He's


6. She is not my brother’s wife.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 34
READING – WRITING

LESSON 3

I. LEAD-IN

1. Match the activities with the pictures. Use the words in the box.
cooking cycling playing computer games playing football
reading books swimming taking photographs watching films

Cooking

1.

Cycling

2.

Playing computer games

3.

playing football

4.
taking photographs

5.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 35
watching films

6.

reading books

7.

swimming

8.

2. In pairs, talk to your friends about activities that you often do in your free time.

II. READING

3. You are going to read an article about a sportsperson. First, look at the photos and skim read the
article once quickly. Then, in pairs, answer the questions.
1. Who do you think Aimee Fuller is?
2. What sport has Aimee become successful in?
3. What is the reason for this article?

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 36
4. Read the article in Exercise 3 again and choose the correct answer, A, B or C.
Ex: Aimee spent the first few years of her life in England.
A. True B. False C. Not Given
Answer: A
1. Aimee learnt to ski before she started snowboarding.
A. True B. False C. Not Given
2. It often snowed during winter in Aimee's hometown.
A. True B. False C. Not Given
3. It took Aimee a long time to find a coach after she moved to the USA.
A. True B. False C. Not Given
4. Aimee has won an Olympic medal.
A. True B. False C. Not Given
5. Aimee practises snowboarding in the mountains at least three times a week.
A. True B. False C. Not Given
6. Aimee thinks that snowboarding is more dangerous for her when she is not fit.
A. True B. False C. Not Given
7. In her free time, Aimee prefers being with people to spending time on her laptop.
A. True B. False C. Not Given
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 37
5. Complete the words from the article to match the descriptions.
1. This is someone who is paid to do a sport or other activity. __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __
professional

2. This means to practise your sport. __ __ __ __ __


train

3. This word describes someone who is doing well in his/her life. __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __ __


successful

4. When you are this, you don't get tired easily when you exercise or do sport. __
fit __ __
5. You ask someone for this when you want to know what to do. __ __ __ __ __ __
advice

III. WRITING

6. Read the paragraph and answer the questions.

Relaxing at the Beach


1
Where is your favourite summer vacation place? 2The beach is the perfect place for me. 3The air is
hot, but the water is cool, wet, and fresh. 4First, l enjoy swimming and surfing in the ocean. 5When I am
tired, I come out and lie on the beach. 6The sand is soft and white. 7The beach is noisy with seagulls and
children laughing, but it's a pleasant noise. 8I even like the beach smells. 9The air smells salty from the sea
and sweet from everybody's suntan lotion. 10I feel peaceful and relaxed. 11When I want to relax in summer, I
go to the beach!

1. Which sentence is the topic sentence?


a. b. 2 c. 10
2. What do sentences 3, 4, 6, 7, and 9 do?
a. Say the same information in different way.
b. Tell a story about the topic.
c. Explain the topic sentence by giving more information.

LANGUAGE FOCUS: Descriptive vocabulary

You know that a topic sentence tells the main idea of a paragraph. Supporting sentences develop the
paragraph by adding more information. When you describe a place, you can develop your paragraph by
adding descriptive details—information that tells how a place looks, sounds, or smells, or feels.

7. With a partner, put these adjectives that can describe places into the chart below. Some words can
be used in more than one place. Check a dictionary or ask your teacher to explain any new words.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 38
dark friendly musical soft
dry green quiet spicy
exciting humid relaxed sweet
fragrant loud sharp warm

look sound smell feel


dry
………………………
green ………………………
musical ………………………
sweet ………………………
relaxed
dark quiet spicy
loud fragrant exciting
……………………… ……………………… ……………………… ………………………
warm
friendly
……………………… ……………………… ……………………… ………………………
soft
humid
sharp
……………………… ……………………… ……………………… ………………………

……………………… ……………………… ……………………… ………………………

……………………… ……………………… ……………………… ………………………

……………………… ……………………… ……………………… ………………………

8. Look again at the paragraph Relaxing at the Beach. Circle the descriptive adjectives, and then put
them into the chart in exercise 7 above.

WRITING FOCUS: Combining sentences containing adjectives

9. Read the following paragraphs. How are they the same? How are they different? Which paragraph
seems better to you? Explain your choice to a partner. Then check your ideas below.

My Mother's Kitchen My Mother's Kitchen

1
My mother's kitchen is not big. 2
It is 1
My mother's kitchen is not big but it is warm and
comfortable. 3It is warm. 4My mother cooks a comfortable. 2My mother cooks a lot and her
lot. 5Her kitchen smells spicy. 6It smells sweet. kitchen smells spicy and sweet. 3Sometimes she
Sometimes she taught my brother and me how taught my brother and me how to cook'. 4We liked
to cook. 8We liked learning new things. 9We learning new things, working together; and
liked working together. 10
We liked making making delicious foods. 5Now l live far away, but
delicious foods. 11Now I live far away. 12I often I often think about my mother's kitchen.
think about my mother's kitchen.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 39
The first paragraph is less interesting because many sentences are all the same type: noun + verb +
adjective. You remember from Unit 2 that sentences about similar topics can often be combined. One
effective way to do this is by combining sentences with adjectives.

To make more varied and interesting sentences, you can:


• combine the adjectives in two sentences with and or but. Remove the subject and verb from the
second sentence.
Example: The movie was long. The movie was boring.
The movie was long. The movie was boring. (and)
The movie was long and boring.
Example: Our homework is difficult. Our homework is fun to do.
Our homework is difficult. Our homework is fun to do. (and)
Our homework is difficult, but fun to do.
• combine three sentences. Notice how commas are used after the first two adjectives. Remove the
subjects and verbs from the second and third sentences.
Example: Her skirt was short. It was black. It was fashionable.
Her skirt was short. It was black. It was fashionable. (and)
Her skirt was short, black, and fashionable.

10. Find and underline three examples of combined sentences in the paragraph Relaxing at the Beach.

11. Combine these sentences. Then compare with a partner. Which sentences did you combine the
same way? Which were different?

a. Charles is interesting. He is a little strange.


………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Charles is interesting and strange.

b. The river was deep. The river was wide. It was cold.
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
The river was deep and wide. It was cold

c. Our teacher is strict. He is fair.


………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Our teacher is strict and fair

d. July was hot. It was humid.


………………………………………………………………………………………………..
July was hot but It was humid

e. Kim is my best friend because she is kind. She is smart. She is funny.
………………………………………………………………………………………………..
Kim is my best friend because she is kind and smart and funny

f. The food in that restaurant is delicious. It is expensive.


………………………………………………………………………………………………..
The food in that restaurant is delicious, but It is expensive
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 40
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 41
READING – WRITING
LESSON 3

HOMEWORK

READING AND WRITING

Exercise 1: Read the information about college clubs. Then complete the exercise.

A Computer game club


Do you love playing computer games? The computer club meets every Monday and Wednesday at 4:00
p.m. in the small hall. Bring your laptop and games and come and join other computer game fans. We
play a lot of different games, but sports and driving games are very popular with our members. Once a
year, we have a 24-hour games meeting, for the biggest fans of computer games.

B Book club
If you love reading books, come to our book club. We meet on the last Thursday of every month between
1:00 p.m. and 2:00 p.m. in the college café to have coffee and cakes and talk about the book that our
members chose to read in the last meeting. We read many different types of books, from books on history
to ghost stories, and we are always happy to try reading something new. We have many new members this
year, so it is a good chance to make new friends who also enjoy reading.

C Photography club
Come to our photography club to find out everything you need to know about taking fantastic
photographs. In the photography club, you will learn how to use your camera in different ways to take
amazing pictures. We meet every week at 3:00 p.m. in the college library, but we often go out to different
parts of the city to take photos. We hold a popular photography competition every year and put up the best
pictures in the library.

D Cooking club
The cooking club is always popular with students at the college. We meet once a month in the college
kitchen near the big hall and cook dishes from different countries in every meeting. In the last meeting we
cooked an Italian pasta dish, and next time we will cook a traditional Indian curry. Afterwards, we sit
down and enjoy the food together. Please see the cooking club poster to find out what food to bring.

Match the information with the clubs. Read about the college clubs on the first screen again to help
you.
1. This club meets once a week.
o A
o B
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 42
o C
o D
2. This club meets in a café.
o A
o B
o C
o D
3. People need to bring food to this club.
o A
o B
o C
o D
4. This club has a competition every year.
o A
o B
o C
o D
5. This club meets twice a week.
o A
o B
o C
o D
6. Once a year, this club has an event which lasts a whole day.
o A
o B
o C
o D
7. There are a lot of new people in this club.
o A
o B
o C
o D
8. This club meets near the big hall.
o A
o B
o C
o D

Exercise 2: Read the letter from Rachel to her pen friend Susie. Then complete the exercise.

Dear Susie,
Thank you for your letter. I’m writing to tell you about the sports I enjoy doing. I like playing tennis and
swimming, but my favourite sport is cycling. I got my first bike when I was 8, and I started cycling to
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 43
school with my sister, Helen, when I was 12. Now my sister goes to a different school, so I ride to school
with my friend Laura. At the weekend, I often go cycling in the countryside with my parents and Helen.
We cycle all day and take a picnic for lunch. We go cycling in winter and summer, but I prefer cycling in
winter because the countryside looks pretty. I like taking photos on my phone of the trees and animals.
I also go on cycling holidays with my family. We usually go to the north of England, but last summer, we
went to the mountains in the south of Spain. We all enjoyed cycling in the day and going to restaurants in
the evenings. It was sometimes difficult to cycle in Spain. It was not difficult to cycle in the
mountains because we had mountain bikes, but the weather was very hot, so we got quite tired. I would
like to go cycling in Spain again next summer, but my parents want to go cycling in Scotland.
I also cycle for my school team. My friend Laura joined the team two years ago, and I joined last year.
We race against cyclists from other schools. Last year, I won second prize in the 10km race. I was really
happy, but next year I will try to win first prize.
In your next letter, please tell me about the sports you like. What is your favourite sport? Are you in a
team?
Hope to hear from you soon.
Best wishes,
Rachel

Complete the sentences with words from the text. Write one word only in each gap. Read the letter on
the first screen again to help you.

1. Rachel’s favourite sport is ___________ .


2. She got her first bike when she was ___________ .
3. She often goes cycling with her parents at the ___________ .
4. In the summer, Rachel’s family normally go cycling in ____________ .
5. It was sometimes difficult to cycle in Spain because it was _____________ .
6. She is on the cycling _________ at school.
7. Rachel would like to know about the __________ Susie likes.
8. She would also like to know if Susie is in a ____________ .

Exercise 3: Read the letter from Rachel to Susie again. Then complete the exercise .

Dear Susie,
Thank you for your letter. I’m writing to tell you about the sports I enjoy doing. I like playing tennis and
swimming, but my favourite sport is cycling. I got my first bike when I was 8, and I started cycling to
school with my sister, Helen, when I was 12. Now my sister goes to a different school, so I ride to school
with my friend Laura. At the weekend, I often go cycling in the countryside with my parents and Helen.
We cycle all day and take a picnic for lunch. We go cycling in winter and summer, but I prefer cycling in
winter because the countryside looks pretty. I like taking photos on my phone of the trees and animals.
I also go on cycling holidays with my family. We usually go to the north of England, but last summer, we

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 44
went to the mountains in the south of Spain. We all enjoyed cycling in the day and going to restaurants in
the evenings. It was sometimes difficult to cycle in Spain. It was not difficult to cycle in the
mountains because we had mountain bikes, but the weather was very hot, so we got quite tired. I would
like to go cycling in Spain again next summer, but my parents want to go cycling in Scotland.
I also cycle for my school team. My friend Laura joined the team two years ago, and I joined last year.
We race against cyclists from other schools. Last year, I won second prize in the 10km race. I was really
happy, but next year I will try to win first prize.
In your next letter, please tell me about the sports you like. What is your favourite sport? Are you in a
team?
Hope to hear from you soon.
Best wishes,
Rachel

Choose the correct answers. Read the letter on the first screen again to help you.
1. Rachel started riding her bike to school when she was 8/12 .
2. Now Rachel cycles to school with Helen/Laura .
3. Rachel prefers cycling in summer/winter .
4. Last year Rachel and her family went to English/Spain to go cycling.
5. Rachel and her family enjoyed cycling/going to restaurants in the evenings in Spain.
6. Next year, Rachel’s parents want to go to Spain/Scotland to go cycling.
7. Rachel joined the school cycling team one year ago/two years ago .
8. Rachel won first prize/second prize in the 10km race.

Exercise 4: Read an article about a teenager’s hobby. Then complete the exercise.

Adam Jones has an unusual hobby for a 15-year-old boy. Most of his friends like to spend their time
playing sports like football and basketball or playing computer games, but Adam prefers to cook. Adam
first became interested in food from watching cookery programmes on television, but he learned how to
cook from his father who was a chef in a local Italian restaurant. His father says that Adam is now the best
cook in the family. In the past, Adam’s father did all the cooking for the family, but now Adam cooks
most of the family meals. His parents love Adam’s cooking, and even his younger sister Sarah eats most
of the food he cooks.
Adam likes cooking food from all over the world, but especially Italian, Indian and Thai food. Last year,
he went on holiday to India and Thailand with his family, and he enjoyed trying all of the different dishes.
Next year, he is going to travel to China and learn how to cook Chinese food. Adam also likes
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 45
computers and has his own website called ‘Cook with Adam’. He first made the website as part of a
school project, but now he uses it to tell people about his cooking and to teach young people how to cook.
It has easy food recipes, photos of his food and videos to show people how to cook his favourite meals.
The website is very popular with young people, and Adam hopes that it will make them more interested in
learning to cook. His father now has his own restaurant, and Adam has a part-time job as a chef there.
When people go to the restaurant, they are often surprised that the chef is so young. Adam’s father is
happy for him to work there, but only at the weekends because he doesn’t want him to be too tired for
school.
Adam recently won the first prize in a cooking competition for young people in the UK. He made a
chicken curry with rice and vegetables and a chocolate and raspberry dessert. He was very surprised to be
in the final part of the competition, and he couldn’t believe it when he won first prize. He won £500 and a
cooking lesson with a famous TV chef. Adam’s whole family were very happy that he won the
competition, especially his father. After the competition, he appeared on a television news show and a
cookery show. In the future, Adam wants to move to London and work as a chef at a top restaurant. He
would also like to have his own cookery show on TV and to travel around the world and learn how to
cook food from many different countries.

Choose the correct answer, True or False. Read the article on the first screen again to help you.
1. Adam likes cooking more than playing football.
o True
o False
2. Adam learned how to cook from watching programmes on television.
o True
o False
3. Adam now cooks most of his family’s meals.
o True
o False
4. Adam only likes cooking Italian, Indian or Thai food.
o True
o False
5. Adam went to China with his family last year.
o True
o False
6. Adam made his website for a school project.
o True
o False
7. Adam’s father allows him to work at the restaurant on any night of the week.
o True
o False
8. Adam now has his own cookery show on television.
o True
o False

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 46
Exercise 5: Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.
1. I really enjoy doing/making/taking photos with my new camera.
2. I started doing/taking/playing football when I was 8 years old.
3. I do/go/play swimming once a week.
4. My older brother does/takes/plays a lot of computer games.
5. Every weekend I play/take/watch TV with my family.
6. My sister makes/takes/reads a lot of books.
7. I often go/ride/play my bike to college.
8. My father likes cooking and makes/plays/takes really good Italian food.

Exercise 6: Put the words in the correct order to complete the sentences from a letter.
Your for thank you letter
1. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ .

I'm to sport about tell writing you favourite my


2. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ __________
_________ _________ .

Sport favourite my is swimming


3. _______ ________ __________ _________ .

Swimming I 8 started I first was when


4. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ __________.

At I often go the swimming weekend


5. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ .

I on at the am my swimming school team


6. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ _________
_________ _________ .

In second prize last a year,I competition won


7. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ _________
_________ .

You to hope soon hear from


8. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ .

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 47
Exercise 7: Complete Susie’s reply to Rachel’s letter. Use the adjectives from the box.

Big difficult exciting fun happy healthy tired

Dear Rachel,
Thank you for your letter. I also enjoy sports. I like playing basketball and swimming, but my favourite
sport is football. I like football, because it is an (1)__________ game, and it is a good way to stay
(2)__________ . I started playing football when I was 9. In the summer, I often go to a football summer
camp. The summer camp is in the countryside, about two hours from my city, Los Angeles. It is near a
(3)___________ forest. We do football training in the mornings and play matches in the evenings. In the
afternoons, we do other sports like swimming, walking and cycling. We work hard, but we have a lot of
(4)__________ too.
I also play for a football team. I joined the school team when I was 12. We do football training twice a week,
and we usually play a match on Saturdays with other school teams. I always feel (4)_________ after
matches, so I go to bed early! Sometimes we play on the football field at our school, and sometimes we
travel to other schools by bus and play there. Every year, our school enters a football competition with
schools all over California. Last year, our team won the competition, so we were all really
(4)____________ , and we had a special dinner at a restaurant to celebrate. Next year, I want to join another
girl’s football team in Los Angeles. It is a strong team with lots of good players, so it’s (5)
_______________ to get onto the team. I need to do a lot of training this summer!
Hope to hear from you soon!
Best wishes,
Susie

Exercise 8: Read part of the letter. Then complete the exercise.

A Thank you for your letter. I also enjoy sports. I like playing basketball and swimming, but my favourite
sport is football. I like football, because it is an exciting game, and it is a good way to stay healthy. I
started playing football when I was 9. In the summer, I often go to a football summer camp. The summer
camp is in the countryside, about two hours from my city, Los Angeles. It is near a big forest. We do
football training in the mornings and play matches in the evenings. In the afternoons, we do other
sports like swimming, walking and cycling. We work hard, but we have a lot of fun too.
B I also play for a football team. I joined the school team when I was 12. We do football training twice a
week, and we usually play a match on Saturdays with other school teams. I always feel tired after
matches, so I go to bed early! Sometimes we play on the football field at our school, and sometimes we
travel to other schools by bus and play there. Every year, our school enters a football competition with
schools all over California. Last year, our team won the competition, so we were all really happy, and we
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 48
had a special dinner at a restaurant to celebrate. Next year, I want to join another girl’s football team in
Los Angeles. It is a strong team with lots of good players, so it’s difficult to get onto the team. I need to
do a lot of training this summer!

Match the information with paragraph A or B. Read part of the letter from Susie help you.

1. When Susie started playing football


o A
o B
2. When Susie joined the school football team
o A
o B
3. Information about a football summer camp
o A
o B
4. How Susie usually feels after playing football matches
o A
o B
5. Information about a football competition
o A
o B
6. How often Susie plays football
o A
o B
7. Why Susie likes football
o A
o B
8. What Susie wants to do next year
o A
o B

READING – WRITING
LESSON 3

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 49
HOMEWORK

GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY

Exercise 1: Match the words with the pictures. Use the words in the box.

Bag bottle bowl can cup glass plate

1.

2.

3.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 50
4.

5.

6.

7.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 51
Exercise 2: Label the pictures. Choose the correct labels.

Chips/pasta/rice

1.

Apple/lemon/orange

2.

Biscuit/bread/cake

3.

Fish/meat/sausage

4.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 52
Butter/cheese/egg

5.

Garlic/onion/pepper

6.

Burger/chicken/steak

7.

Butter/cream/milk

8.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 53
Pepper/salt/sugar

9.

Ice/ice cream/sauce

10.

Cola/fruit juice/water

11.

Exercise 3: Match the words with the definitions.

People make this meal with eggs.


This is the last meal of the day.
People eat this meal outside in good weather.
This is two pieces of bread with something in the middle.
How you feel when you want to eat.
People eat this with milk or yoghurt in the morning.
This is the first meal of the day.

1. breakfast
2. omelette
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 54
3. picnic
4. cereal
5. sandwich
6. dinner
7. hungry

Exercise 4: Match the questions with the answers.

That’s twenty pounds. No, sorry. Our machine is broken.


Yes, certainly. Onion or tomato? Yes, we have ice cream and cake.
I’d like a cup of coffee, please. Yes, please. No, sorry, we haven’t.

1. How can I help you?


2. Have you got any biscuits?
3. Would you like a glass of milk?
4. Could I have a bowl of soup?
5. Can I also have a sweet?
6. How much is that, please?
7. Can I pay by card?

Exercise 5: Put the words in the correct order to complete the sentences.
Water, can a bottle I please have of
1. ___________ ___________ ___________ ____________ ___________ ____________
____________ ____________ ?

Got sandwiches have you any


2. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ____________ ?

Glass cola, I please a could have of


3. ___________ ___________ ___________ ____________ ___________ ____________
____________ ____________ ?

Cup like with would coffee of a you milk


4. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ____________ ___________
____________ ____________ ____________ ?

Like I'd with cheese and onion an omelette


5. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ____________ ____________
____________

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 55
Bowl a cereal I also of with yoghurt have can
6. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ____________ ____________
____________ ____________ ?

The how much is and chips steak


7. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ____________ ____________ ?

Have ice got any cream you chocolate


8. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ____________ ____________
____________ ?

Exercise 6: Choose the correct answers to the questions. Sometimes both answers are correct.
1. Would you like milk and sugar?
◻ Yes, please.
◻ No, thank you.
2. Can I have a slice of lemon cake?
◻ Yes, we have.
◻ Yes, of course.
3. Have you got any chips?
◻ No, you haven’t.
◻ Yes, we have.
4. What would you like for dessert?
◻ A bowl of ice cream.
◻ Some chocolate cake.
5. Could I have a cola, please?
◻ In a can?
◻ In a bowl?
6. Can I pay by card?
◻ Yes, no problem.
◻ No, we only take cash.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 56
READING – WRITING

LESSON 4

I. LEAD-IN

1. Match the activities with the pictures. Use the words in the box.

airport beach castle fun park hotel museum restaurant skyscraper

castle

1.

fun park

2.

museum

3.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 57
skyscraper

4.

beach

5.

airport

6.

hotel

7.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 58
restaurant

8.

II. READING

2. You are going to read about some people who want to book a holiday. First, read the descriptions of
eight different types of holiday. Which would be the best holiday for you?

● TIP: In some exam reading tasks, you may be asked to complete a matching exercise where you
match descriptions to people. First, identify key words and ideas for each person. Then, match these
words and ideas with the descriptions.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 59
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 60
3. Now, read what type of holiday each person wants to go on and read the holiday descriptions again.
Then, choose the best holiday for each person.

0. Tom is 19 and is very active. He enjoys all kinds of sports and being 5.1. TIP
outdoors. He has done a lot of water sports in the past, like sailing and Remember to read the
windsurfing but he would like to try something different for his holiday this information in the texts
year. He went to the beach last year, but got bored after a few days. carefully. some, but not all
Best holiday: …D… of the information may
match.

1. Julia is 16 and would like to go on holiday with her best friend from 5.2. MINI TIP
school during the summer holidays. They want to travel to a new place, Does Tom like to relax on
visit local attractions and try new food. Their parents will not allow their the beach or be more
daughters to be in another country without any adults, but they will allow active? Does he want to do
them to travel on their own. Julia and her friend both study Spanish at watersports or try
school and are planning to take a Spanish exam next year. something different?
Best holiday: ………
F

2 Charlie is 21 years old and has just finished university. He would like to 5.3 MINI TIP
spend the summer doing something interesting with some friends before Are Julia and her friend
they start looking for jobs. He prefers holidays in the countryside to able to stay in a foreign
holidays in cities or at the beach. He thinks that he would like to get a job country without their
working with animals in the future. parents?
Best holiday: ………
A

3 Joanna is 32 and works as a teacher. She wants to book a holiday in 5.4 MINI TIP
August with her husband. She is usually very tired after a busy term at What is the most important
school and would like to go somewhere hot and near the sea. She wants to information about Charlie's
relax and not do very much. interests?
Best holiday: ………
E

4 Roger is 50 and wants to book a holiday for his wife and two children. 5.5 MINI TIP
They would like to do some cultural activities, such as visiting museums What are the two most
and art galleries, but also some fun activities to entertain the children. They important things Joanna is
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 61
also love shopping. looking for on her holiday?
Best holiday: ………
H 5.6 MINI TIP
Does Roger just want to
visit museums and
galleries?

4. In pairs, discuss the questions.


1. Which holiday from Exercise 2 would you most like to go on? Which is the most interesting to you? Why?
2. Which holiday from Exercise 2 would you not like to go on? Why?

III. WRITING

WRITING FOCUS: Concluding sentences

A good paragraph has a clear topic sentence and supporting sentences that explain and support the topic
sentence. Many (but not all) paragraphs also have a concluding sentence. The concluding sentence closes the
paragraph.
A concluding sentence can ...
• restate the topic sentence.
• summarise the main idea of the paragraph.
• make a prediction connected to the paragraph's topic.
• make a suggestion or give advice connected to the topic.

A concluding sentence does not state a completely new idea.

5. The paragraph below is called My Best Friend's Grandfather. With a partner, think of three or
four things the paragraph could be about.

6. Read the paragraph and find out if any of your guesses were correct.

My Best Friend's Grandfather

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 62
1
We can all learn from listening to our grandparents. 2My best friend's grandfather tells great stories about
his life. 3He's 94 years old, but his voice is still strong and clear. 4He speaks quietly and slowly when he
tells stories. 5His life was difficult when he was young. 6His family didn't have much money, and he worked
hard. 7Even though his life was not easy, he is positive and optimistic. 8I can learn many things from his
stories.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

7. Read the sentences below and do the following.


a. Decide which sentence could not be a concluding sentence for the paragraph My Best Friend's
Grandfather.
b. Copy the sentence you like best into the paragraph.
c. Tell a partner which concluding sentence you chose and why.

1. My best friend's grandfather is a wonderful storyteller.


2. My best friend's grandfather is a good example for me.
3. My best friend's grandfather never went to college.
4. I think all teenagers should listen to their grandparents' stories.

8. Look at the picture of the soccer player, David Beckham, and describe him to a partner.

9. Write a concluding sentence for the paragraph, A Popular Athlete, about David Beckham. Share
your sentence with other students. Decide whether the sentences restate, summarise, predict, or
suggest/ advise.

A Popular Athlete
1
David Beckham became a famous soccer player in the late 1990s, and by 2003 was the most
recognizable athlete in the world. 2He was a popular player first in England for Manchester United and then
in Spain for Real Madrid. 3They are both successful and very rich soccer teams. 4Beckham is a valuable
player because he can take dangerous free kicks and pass the ball long distances.
Beckham is not only a talented player but also a fantastic leader. He led his country, England, in the
2002 World Cup where they only lost to Brazil. His fans also respect him because he is a very hard worker
on the field and on the training ground.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 63
In conclusion, David Beckham is a person successful who you can learn. He is also a soccer player who you should
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
respect.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 64
READING – WRITING
LESSON 4

HOMEWORK

READING AND WRITING

Exercise 1: Read the information about a museum. Then complete the exercise.

At the Nature Museum, you can find out about many different animals, from dinosaurs to dolphins. The
animals in the museum are not only to look at. Visitors are welcomed to play with them, learn how they
eat, and of course, take lots of photos. From May until September, on the second floor, visitors can learn
about how dinosaurs lived in the past, play with our friendly model dinosaur, and even make their own
dinosaur.
Visitors can take a group tour of the museum, or explore the museum on their own with our new mobile
phone app. If you get tired, you can visit our café on the third floor for hot drinks, sandwiches and cakes.
There is also a shop on the ground floor, where you can buy presents for your friends and family.
The museum is open from 9:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. from Monday to Friday, and 10:00 a.m. until 4:00
p.m. at the weekend. Tickets cost £6.00 for adults and £3.00 for children. A family ticket for two adults
and two children costs £12.00. The museum is free on the first Saturday of every month.

Complete the sentences with one word or a number from the text. Read the information on the first
screen again to help you.

1. Visitors to the Nature Museum are welcome to take __________ .


2. From May until September, there is a model of a ____________ that visitors can play with.
3. Visitors can take a tour of the museum in a ________________ or on their own.
4. The café is on the __________ floor of the museum.
5. The museum closes at ______________ at the weekends.
6. A family ticket to the museum costs £ ____________ .

Exercise 2: Read the text about a famous building. Complete the gaps with the correct verbs.

The Burj Khalifa is a modern skyscraper in Dubai, United Arab Emirates. It is made/took of metal and glass
and it is over 800 metres high. Many people from all over the world travel/visit the Burj Khalifa every day.
Visitors can take a lift to the 148th floor and look out of the windows at the city. Inside the Burj Khalifa,

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 65
visitors can eat in the highest restaurant in the world, which serves fantastic food. Visitors can also look at
and enjoy paintings by famous artists from the Middle East. They can even leave/stay there for the night, in
the world’s highest luxury hotel. The Burj Khalifa is not only for tourists as many people live in the building,
in luxury apartments or visit/work in one of the many offices inside the building. It is also a good place to
celebrate special occasions. For example, on New Year’s Eve, many people go to the Burj Khalifa to see the
famous fireworks at midnight.
The Burj Khalifa is an important tourist place in Dubai, because it is the highest building in the world. It is
also the most popular place to visit in the United Arab Emirates. Many people from all over the world want
to go to the top of the world’s highest building and put/take their photos on the internet. Many people
see/watch the photos and then want to visit Dubai. If you like/want to visit Dubai, you should definitely
go/see to the Burj Khalifa.

Exercise 3: Read the postcard from Tom to his friend Adam. Choose True or False.

Dear Adam,
Hello from Coconut Island! I am having a brilliant time relaxing on the beach with my aunt and uncle and
my brother. It’s a shame that my parents aren’t here – they had to stay at home and work. The beach has
beautiful white sand, palm trees and clear blue water. I went swimming this morning, and the water was
lovely. It wasn’t too cold. There are a lot of different activities to do on the beach. Yesterday morning me
and my brother tried surfing. He was much better than me, but I still enjoyed it. My favourite activity was
the boat trip yesterday afternoon. We saw dolphins and a lot of colourful fish. Yesterday evening, we had
dinner in a restaurant next to the beach and ate fish. I usually don’t like fish, but the food at the restaurant
was delicious!
See you next week.
Best wishes,
Tom
1. Tom is on holiday with his parents.
o True
o False
2. The water was very cold when Tom went swimming.
o True
o False
3. Tom did some activities on the beach yesterday.
o True
o False
4. Tom’s brother was good at surfing.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 66
o True
o False
5. Tom’s favourite activity was surfing.
o True
o False
6. Tom didn’t like the fish at the restaurant.
o True
o False

Exercise 4: Read the text about a famous fun park. Match the headings in the box to the paragraphs
A–E.

Different times of year How to visit Things to do


What is Tivoli Gardens? Why is it so popular?

A ______________
Tivoli Gardens is a fun park in Copenhagen, the capital city of Denmark. The park was built a very long
time ago in 1843. In the past, Tivoli Gardens had many famous visitors, including the Danish children’s
writer Hans Christian Andersen and the American filmmaker Walt Disney. Today, the fun park is still one of
the most popular places for tourists to visit in Copenhagen and people who are both young and old enjoy
visiting the park every day of the year.
B ______________
There are a lot of popular things to do for visitors to Tivoli Gardens. It is most famous for its rides. The
oldest ride in the park was built in 1914, and people can still ride on it today. One quite scary ride is called
‘Vertigo’ and it travels at 100km per hour. This ride won the prize for the Best Ride of 2014. There are also
many restaurants, where people can eat food from all over the world. There are many old buildings and the
beautiful gardens are a very good place to relax.
C ________________
Many people ask the same question about Tivoli gardens – how does it still get so many visitors after all
these years? One reason why so many people love Tivoli Gardens is because there is something there for
everyone. Some of the rides are old, and others are new. Some rides are scary and others are relaxing. The
rides are not just popular with children. Adults enjoy them too because they make them think about when
they were young. It has beautiful buildings and gardens, and coloured lights at night time, so people feel
relaxed and happy.
D ________________

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 67
Tivoli Gardens is open all year, and there are different things to see and do all year round. In spring, visitors
can enjoy the beautiful flowers in the gardens. In summer, the park is open until late, and there are dance
shows. There are pumpkins, spiders and witches for Halloween, and in winter there are many coloured lights
on the trees and a market. It is a popular place to go to celebrate the New Year, when there are fireworks at
midnight.
E _______________
There are two different types of ticket that visitors can buy to visit Tivoli Gardens. They can pay to enter the
gardens and pay for the rides later, or they can pay a little more for a ticket which includes as many rides as
they like. This is generally the best ticket to choose, as it saves spending a lot of extra money on rides. If
guests have a Copenhagen visitor card, they can enter the Gardens for free. People can buy tickets at the
gardens or on the internet.

Exercise 5: Put the words in the correct order to complete the sentences.

Famous building a in Empire State Building the is


New york
1. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ _________ .
Of made wood building the is
2. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ .

Important for it tourists very old is an place Because it's


3. _______ ______ _______ ______ ______ ______ ______ _____ _________

Beautiful flowers there are gardens with


4. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ .

Can where beautiful the people relax sand beach Has white
5. ____ _____ _____ _____ _____ _____ ______ _____ _____ _________

Eat restaurants many can are people there where


6. _______ ______ _______ _______ _______ _________ _________ _________

Shop there presents people a buy is where can


7. _______ ________ _______ ______ _____ _____ ______ ______ _____ .

On the can people tickets internet buy


8. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ _________ .

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 68
Exercise 6: Complete the sentences with the correct words.

1. Most people like to relax in/on/to the beach.


2. You can swim at/in/on the sea every day – it is not too cold.
3. You cannot take photos in/on/to this museum.
4. You can eat in/on/to a restaurant every night.
5. People can take pictures at/in/to the top of a tall building.
6. We went in/on/to an amazing boat trip.
7. The gardens look really beautiful at/in/on the summer.
8. The building is made in/of/to wood.

Exercise 7: Match the sentence halves.

visit the museum every year. the gardens are open until late. a thousand years old. ten
floors and 100 rooms. city centre. in the museum café.
glass and metal. most popular place for tourists.

1. The castle is over


2. The hotel has
3. Over a million people
4. In summer
5. The fun park is close to the
6. The building is made of
7. People can have lunch
8. The Royal Palace is the

Exercise 8: Read the text about the Burj Khalifa. Then complete the exercise.

A The Burj Khalifa is a modern skyscraper in Dubai, United Arab Emirates. It is made of metal and glass
and it is over 800 metres high. Many people from all over the world visit the Burj Khalifa every day.
Visitors can take a lift to the 148th floor and look out of the windows at the city. Inside the Burj Khalifa,
visitors can eat in the highest restaurant in the world, which serves fantastic food. Visitors can also look at
and enjoy paintings by famous artists from the Middle East. They can even stay there for the night, in the
world’s highest luxury hotel. The Burj Khalifa is not only for tourists as many people live in the building,
in luxury apartments or work in one of the many offices inside the building. It is also a good place to
celebrate special occasions. For example, on New Year’s Eve, many people go to the Burj Khalifa to see
the famous fireworks at midnight.
B The Burj Khalifa is an important tourist place in Dubai, because it is the highest building in the world.
It is also the most popular place to visit in the United Arab Emirates. Many people from all over the world
want to go to the top of the world’s highest building and put their photos on the internet. Many people see
the photos and then want to visit Dubai. The Burj Khalifa is popular with people of all ages. Young
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 69
people, families and older people will all enjoy visiting this amazing building. If you want to visit Dubai,
you should definitely go to the Burj Khalifa.

Match the information with paragraph A or B. Read the text about the Burj Khalifa on the first
screen again to help you.

1. Where to eat.
o A
o B
2. Why the building is important.
o A
o B
3. People of different ages like visiting the building.
o A
o B
4. A place to stay.
o A
o B
5. How some people find out about the building.
o A
o B
6. A description of the building.
o A
o B

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 70
READING – WRITING
LESSON 4

HOMEWORK

GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY

Exercise 1: Match the words with the pictures. Use the words in the box.

computer games cooking gym radio restaurant shopping television walking

1.

2.

3.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 71
4.

5.

6.

7.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 72
8.

Exercise 2: Choose the correct answers to complete the sentences.


1. He likes plays/playing/play football.
2. They hate listen/listening/listens to the radio in English.
3. I loving/loves/love reading books at home.
4. She hating/hate/hates shopping in the mall.
5. We don’t like do/doing/does sports.
6. Do you like cooks/cooking/cook for friends?
7. Don’t they hate go/goes/going for walks in bad weather?

Exercise 3: Match the sentence halves.


to the gym with my friends. tennis. for clothes. to the news on the radio.
surfing the internet. dinner for my family. walks in the rain.

1. I like going
2. I hate shopping
3. I don’t like going for
4. I don’t like listening
5. I hate playing
6. I don’t like spending time
7. I love cooking

Exercise 4: Complete the sentences. Use the words in the box.

Boring fit friendly funny happy interesting lazy sad

1. She does a lot of sport. She’s very ____________ .


2. He makes me laugh. He’s really ______________ .
3. They don’t like working hard. They’re ______________ .
4. They are always smiling. They’re ___________ .
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 73
5. She cries a lot. She’s ______________
6. He always tells the same stories. He’s very ____________ .
7. My teacher explains things well and I want to learn more. She’s ______________ .
8. The neighbours are very kind and helpful to us. They are very _____________ .

Exercise 5: Read about William and his friends. Complete the sentences with the correct adjectives.

Hello, my name’s William. I’m an engineer and I work for a big company. I know lots of people at work
and some of them are also my friends. My best friend is called Eddie. We work in the same office. He
always makes me laugh because he’s so boring/funny . He loves playing tennis and football. He also likes
swimming. Eddie is very fit/lazy , because he does so much sport. My sister, Maxine, also likes playing
tennis and she loves going for long walks, but her main interest is shopping for clothes! I often go with her
to the shopping mall, but I hate shopping myself. For me, it’s boring/friendly to wait while someone chooses
lots of clothes, so I normally sit and play games on my mobile phone while I wait for her. That’s much more
interesting/sad ! My other friends are all very different. John, for example, hates doing sport and is only
funny/happy when he’s at home reading a book or watching TV. Another friend, called Dave, is a really
nice guy who loves going out with friends. Dave hasn’t got a job and he doesn’t want one, because he
doesn’t like working. He’s very interesting/lazy . Marta is my sister’s best friend. She’s very friendly/sad so
loves chatting for hours on the internet. She has hundreds of online friends.

Exercise 6: Complete the sentences. Use the phrases in the box.

hate doing like going out likes playing loves going loves reading loves talking

1. My best friend ____________ football.


2. Maxine ______________ to the gym.
3. John and Martin _____________ sport.
4. Thomas _____________ books at home.
5. I ____________ to restaurants with my friends.
6. Marta ____________ to friends on the internet.

Exercise 7: Read the profiles of the people from the internet. Choose True or False.

Kyra
Hello, my name’s Kyra. I’m from Mexico, but I live in Germany now. I’m 22 years old, but I’m not
married. I like reading and playing the piano. I love watching tennis and football on the TV, but I don’t like
doing sports. My friends say I’m a bit lazy and I think they’re right. I’m a student, by the way.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 74
Lars
Hi, I’m Lars. I’m from Sweden. I’m 24 years old and I’ve got lots of friends. I like inviting them for dinner
at the weekend. I love cooking French and Italian dishes. People say that I’m a friendly person and I think
they’re right because I like being with people and helping them. I’m quite sporty and fit. I don’t like sitting
at home watching TV or playing computer games.

Rachel
Hi there, my name’s Rachel. I’m 26. I’m from France. I like playing football and I love swimming. That’s
my main interest. I go to the swimming pool about three or four times a week. Most of my friends like
doing sports as well. They’re all quite fit. At the weekend we all love going for long walks and then in the
evening we love having a meal together in a restaurant. That’s usually great fun.
1. Kyra is German.
o True
o False
2. Kyra loves playing tennis.
o True
o False
3. Kyra is lazy.
o True
o False

4. Lars is Italian.
o True
o False
5. Lars loves cooking.
o True
o False
6. Lars loves playing video games.
o True
o False
7. Rachel enjoys swimming.
o True
o False
8. Rachel’s friends are fit.
o True
o False
9. Rachel loves going for walks with her friends in the evening.
o True
o False

Exercise 8: Put the words in the correct order to complete the sentences.
Cinema with going to the I love my friends
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 75
1. ___________ ___________ ___________ ____________ ___________ ____________
____________ .

Hate I shopping clothes for


2. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ____________ .

Like walks don't I long in going for the park


3. ___________ ___________ ___________ ____________ ___________ ____________
____________ ___________ .

Listening I to radio like the


4. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ____________ ___________ .

Internet on the chatting love I really


5. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ____________ ____________
____________

Guy really nice friend a is best my


6. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ____________ ____________
____________ .

Is my wife friendly very


7. ___________ ___________ __________ ___________ ____________

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 76
READING – WRITING

LESSON 5

I. LEAD-IN

1. Look at the photos below. Which do you think you might see at a food festival? Discuss your ideas
with a partner.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 77
2. You are going to read an article about the Chinese food festival in London. Skim the text once
quickly. Which of the ideas in Exercise 1 does it mention?

3. Read the article again and the sentences, 1-6. The information in bold in the sentences is incorrect.
Correct the sentences by choosing the best answer, A, B or C.
1. The Chinese food festival is in London every year. 3.1. TIP
A. True B. False C. Not Given Answer the questions about the
2. The festival only includes Chinese cooking. Chinese food festival. The words
A. True B. False C. Not Given in bold will help you to choose
3. You can learn to make some of the Chinese food at the festival. the correct answer.
A. True B. False C. Not Given 3.2. TIP
4. Children can come to the festival. You need to be careful that the
A. True B. False C. Not Given answer is exactly what it says in
5. The festival is only about cooking. the text.
A. True B. False C. Not Given 3.3. MINI TIP
6. If you don’t download a ticket, you must pay to enter on the day. Does the text say that the festival
A. True B. False C. Not Given happens every year?

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 78
II. READING

4. Read the instructions about making a Korean dish called Bulgogi and look at the pictures. First,
put the pictures A-F in the correct order.

E
0. …B… 1. C
…….. 2. ……..
F 3. ……..
A 4. …….. 5. ……..
D

First, take 1. …….. large onion and 2. …….. spring onions and 3. …….. them into small pieces.
Then, in a large bowl put 4. …….. soy sauce and 5. …….. cup of cold water.
After this, add the onions and spring onions and 6 them all together.
Then, you will need to take your beef and 7. …….. it into slices and then add it to the ingredients in the
bowl. Put the bowl into the fridge for four hours. Afterwards, remove the meat from the bowl and 8. ……..
for 5-10 minutes.
Finally, put the food on the plate and serve to your friends. Add salt and pepper if you wish.

5. Now, complete the instructions using a / some or a verb.

1. …………..
a 2. …………..
some 3. …………..
chop 4. …………..
some

5. …………..
some 6. …………..
mix 7. …………..
cut 8. …………..
fry

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 79
6. Read the text and choose the best answer, A, B, C or D.

I don't usually like 1. ………….. meals and because I live alone, I often go 2. ………….. restaurants or eat
fast food in the week. 3. ………….. the weekend, I have more 4. ………….. time, so I usually cook my
favourite meal. My 5. ………….. meal is chicken curry with rice and vegetables. I don’t have an oven, so I
6. ………….. the chicken on its own in a pan and 7. ………….. the rice in water. I like this meal so much
that sometimes I also order it in restaurants. I sometimes also eat it four times a week! It is very popular
8. ………….. my country, too. I think a lot of people like it because it is healthy and easy to make. You can
also change the recipe so it is spicy or not, so everybody can enjoy it.
1. A. cooking B. cook C. do D. doing
2. A. in B. at C. to D. for
3. A. For B. At C. In D. With
4. A. extra B. free C. off D. hobby
5. A. lovely B. liked C. favourite D. popular
6. A. fold B. mix C. fry D. chop
7. A. fry B. cut C. roll D. boil
8. A. in B. with C. at D. on

III. WRITING

WRITING FOCUS 1: Describing a process

7. Look again at the reading in Exercise 4. Write the instructions of a meal that you know how to cook
or prepare.

I will show you how to cook fried rice. First, you need to take a large onion
…………………………………………………………………………………
and some scallions and chop them. Second, we put the oil on the pan, wait
7.1. TIP
for the oil to boil, then add the onions, then add the eggs and mix well. You might be asked to
…………………………………………………………………………………
Third, we will add the rice and continue to mix. Then we will add some write about a process in
seasoning, some fish sauce, and some soy sauce. We will mix for 10 to 15
the exam so it is important
…………………………………………………………………………………
minutes then we will add green onions and some pepper. So we had
delicious fried rice. to practise linking your
………………………………………………………………………………… ideas together. Look at the
sequencing words
highlighted in Exercise 4
to see how the parts of the
instructions are linked.
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 80
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

WRITING FOCUS 2: Food in your country

8. Use the information from this unit to write an essay about a meal that is popular in your country or
one that you enjoy.
In your essay, you should include:
• what ingredients you need.
• the instructions about how you make it.
• the reasons why it is popular.

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 81
………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 82
READING – WRITING
LESSON 5

HOMEWORK

READING AND WRITING

Exercise 1: Read Richard’s letter to his friend, Alessandro. Choose the correct words to complete the
sentences.

Dear Alessandro,
Thank you for your email. You asked me to tell you about the food in the UK. Some people think that
British people eat unhealthy, fried/heat food like fish and chips all the time. However, this is not true. A lot
of British people prefer to eat food from other countries. Chinese and Indian food is very like/popular in the
UK. Many people eat Chinese or Indian food at the weekend, and some people cook it at home. I like Indian
food a lot and think that it is very boring/tasty , but some dishes with a lot of chilli are a bit too spicy for me.
Many people also think that British people have afternoon tea every day at 4:00 p.m. This is also not true!
People sometimes have afternoon tea with sandwiches and spicy/sweet foods like cakes, but only on special
occasions.
You also asked me about what food I like. My favourite/popular dish from my country is called Shepherd’s
Pie. It is a cold/hot dish made of meat and vegetables and potato, which is cooked in the oven. It tastes really
good. I usually eat it with a lot of fresh vegetables like peas or cabbage, so it is quite a fat/healthy dish. My
mum usually cooks it for me and my brother when we come home from university. I like to eat Shepherd’s
Pie in the winter when it is cold, because it makes me feel warm. My favourite cold/sweet dish is apple pie
which is baked. Many people believe that British food is not so tasty, but I think we have some
boiled/delicious dishes.
Hope to hear from you soon.
Best wishes,
Best wishes,

Exercise 2: Read the email from Jenny to her friend, Karen. Then complete the exercise.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 83
Hi Karen,
I hope you are enjoying your summer holiday in France with your family. I’m having a great time on the
school exchange in Turkey. I am staying with a nice girl called Alev. She is very friendly and funny, and
her parents are very kind. They cook for me every day. I didn’t know very much about Turkish food
before I came here, but everything is delicious. In the morning we have a big breakfast with bread, eggs,
cheese and jam. It is quite similar to breakfast in the UK. For lunch, we usually have a lot of small dishes.
My favourite Turkish foods are borek, a dish with cheese and potatoes, and dolma, a vegetable and rice
dish. I also tried an interesting drink made from yoghurt called ayran. I didn't like it very much, but
Alev’s mother says that it is a very healthy drink, so I drank it all. For dinner last night, we went to a
traditional Turkish restaurant and had a kebab, which is the most famous dish in Turkey. It was delicious.
After dinner we had coffee. The waiter also gave us baklava, which are small sweet cakes made of honey.
I am going to bring some home so that you can try them. I know that you love sweet things!
See you soon at school.
Best wishes,
Jenny

1. Jenny is in Turkey with her family.


o True
o False
2. Jenny knew a lot about Turkish food before she stayed with Alev.
o True
o False
3. The breakfast in Turkey is not very different from breakfast in the UK.
o True
o False
4. Borek is a dish with rice.
o True
o False
5. Jenny didn’t like the Turkish yoghurt drink.
o True
o False
6. Baklava is a sweet dish.
o True
o False
7. Jenny tried a famous Turkish dish in a restaurant.
o True
o False
8. Jenny is going to bring some coffee back from Turkey.
o True
o False

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 84
Exercise 3: Read the magazine article about street food. Then complete the exercise.

One of the most popular activities that people do when they go on holiday to another country is to try the
local food. However, eating dinner in a restaurant every night can be expensive, and many people find the
restaurants they choose are full of tourists and not many local people. A much better way to try local food
is to eat ‘street food’, food made and sold not in a restaurant, but on the street, from a ‘stall’ or large table.
It is often very tasty and you can try many different small dishes. It’s also cheaper than eating in
restaurants. Different countries have their own famous types of street food. France is famous for
baguettes, which are a type of French bread filled with cheese or meat with salad. You can buy baguettes
from stalls on the street in many French cities. In Italy, there are slices of pizza, and arancini which are
fried balls of rice with cheese, meat or vegetables inside. The name arancini means ‘oranges’ in Italian.
Mexico has tacos, a dish with spicy beans and meat. Eating street food is also a great way to learn about
new places and to talk to local people about the food in their country. So, the next time you travel to a
new country, don’t go to a restaurant, go to the street instead! You will love the delicious food you can
find there.

Complete the sentences with one word from the text. Read the magazine article on the first screen
again to help you.
1. Many people like to try the local ___________ when they visit another country.
2. Many restaurants have a lot of __________ but not many local people go there.
3. Street food is usually ___________ than food in restaurants.
4. You can buy baguettes on the ____________ in many cities in France.
5. Arancini is the Italian word for ___________ .
6. Tacos are a popular street food in ____________ .

Exercise 4: Read about food in four different countries. Then complete the exercise.

A Japan
Japanese food is fresh, healthy and tasty. It includes a lot of fish, vegetables, tofu and rice. Typical dishes
are ramen, a type of soup with noodles and vegetables or seafood, and curries with chicken or tofu.
Japanese people usually eat small amounts of food. They also like to eat their food very slowly and this
stops them from eating too much. For this reason, Japanese people are among the healthiest people in the
world and do not get ill very often. Japanese people do not eat a lot of sweet dishes, but they enjoy eating
fruit and small cakes called dorayaki. To celebrate the new year, Japanese people often eat cakes made of
rice, and a special soup called ozoni.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 85
B Italy
When many people think of Italian food, they think of delicious but not very healthy food like pasta with
meat sauces, lots of cheese, and, of course, pizza. However, Italians don’t eat these dishes every day.
They eat a lot of healthy foods, including vegetables, tomatoes and olive oil. A typical Italian meal
usually includes several different small dishes. Italians stay healthy by eating a lot of vegetables and only
a little meat. Lunch is the main meal of the day and Italians like to have long lunches at home. Sometimes
Italians will get together with their friends and family in the evening and go to a pizzeria to eat pizza.
After dinner, they might have a gelato, a type of Italian ice cream, which has many delicious flavours.

C China
Chinese people eat a lot of vegetables, which are usually steamed or fried. They eat some meat and fish,
but usually not very much, and often on special occasions. Rice, noodles and dumplings are popular
Chinese dishes. A lot of Chinese dishes use garlic and ginger, which are tasty and are good for the
stomach. Green tea is a popular drink in China, and many people believe that it helps them to stay healthy.
China has many festivals, and people often eat special food during these times. People eat dumplings to
celebrate Chinese New Year, and for the Autumn Festival people eat special cakes called moon cakes.
Festivals are often special times for families to get together and eat delicious food.

D Poland
Polish people like to eat food that keeps them warm in winter. Soup, meat and small dumplings called
pierogi are all popular dishes. Pierogi can be sweet or savoury. Polish dishes are usually served with
vegetables, especially carrots, potatoes and cabbage. Polish people also like sweet dishes, especially
cakes. Cheesecake and doughnuts are popular for dessert, and people make special cakes for weddings
and festivals. Polish people usually eat four small meals a day. They eat the main meal of the day in the
afternoon, usually at about 2:00 p.m. This meal usually has three dishes, a soup, a meat dish and a dessert.
In December, Polish people eat a special meal to celebrate Christmas, which includes 12 different dishes!

Match the information to the countries. Read about food from four different countries on the first
screen again to help you.
1. A healthy drink is popular in this country.
o Japan
o Italy
o China
o Poland
2. People from this country eat soup to celebrate the New Year.
o Japan
o Italy
o China
o Poland
3. Healthy food in this country often includes olive oil.
o Japan
o Italy
o China
o Poland
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 86
4. People from this country usually eat meat for their main meal.
o Japan
o Italy
o China
o Poland
5. Many people eat ice cream in the evening in this country.
o Japan
o Italy
o China
o Poland
6. Sweet dumplings are a popular dish in this country.
o Japan
o Italy
o China
o Poland
7. People from this country eat meat on special occasions.
o Japan
o Italy
o China
o Poland
8. People from this country eat their meals slowly.
o Japan
o Italy
o China
o Poland

Exercise 5: Put the words in the correct order to complete the sentences.

Is Italian popular an dish pizza


1. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ .

Is very healthy food Japanese


2. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ .

Lot Polish meat eat of people a


3. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ _________ .

Main meal the the is of lunch day


4. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ _________ .
China, people don't of meat in a eat lot
5. ______ ________ _______ ______ _________ _________ _______ _______ .

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 87
Always I eat summer ice cream in the
6. _______ ________ _______ _____ ______ _________ _______ _________ .

Big eat a breakfast people Turkish


7. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ .

Quite spicy is food often Indian


8. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ .

Exercise 6: Put the words in the box in the correct column.

bread meat soup rice apple dumpling pizza egg pasta vegetable

Countable nouns Uncountable nouns

Exercise 7: Change the underlined words to the correct countable or uncountable form to complete
the sentences. The first question has been done for you.
1. Do you eat much many vegetables?
2. There is not many milk left. We need to buy some more.
3. I made a soup for dinner.
4. How many rice would you like?
5. I like to eat a fruit for breakfast.
6. Would you like some cup of coffee?
7. I don’t eat many meat any more

Exercise 8: Read part of the text. Then complete the exercise.

A Thank you for your email. You asked me to tell you about the food in the UK. Some people think that
British people eat unhealthy, fried food like fish and chips all the time. However, this is not true. A lot of
British people prefer to eat food from other countries. Chinese and Indian food is very popular in the UK.
Many people eat Chinese or Indian food at the weekend, and some people cook it at home. I like Indian

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 88
food a lot and think that it is very tasty, but some dishes with a lot of chilli are a bit too spicy for me.
Many people also think that British people have afternoon tea every day at 4:00 p.m. This is also not true!
People sometimes have afternoon tea with sandwiches and sweet foods like cakes, but only on special
occasions.
B You also asked me about what food I like. My favourite dish from my country is called Shepherd’s Pie.
It is a hot dish made of meat and vegetables and potato, which is cooked in the oven. It tastes really good.
I usually eat it with a lot of fresh vegetables like peas or cabbage, so it is quite a healthy dish. My mum
usually cooks it for me and my brother when we come home from university. I like to eat Shepherd’s Pie
in the winter when it is cold, because it makes me feel warm. My favourite sweet dish is apple pie which
is baked. Many people believe that British food is not so tasty, but I think we have some delicious dishes.

Match the information with the two paragraphs. Read the text on the first screen again to help you.
1. A description of Richard’s favourite dish.
o A
o B
2. Food from different countries.
o A
o B
3. Who cooks Richard’s favourite dish.
o A
o B
4. A winter dish.
o A
o B
5. Something that British people don’t have very often.
o A
o B
6. Richard’s opinion of British food.
o A
o B

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 89
READING – WRITING
LESSON 5

HOMEWORK

GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY

Exercise 1: Match the words with the pictures. Use the words in the box.

dentist waiter mechanic chef nurse doctor pilot receptionist

1.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 90
2.

3.

4.

5.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 91
6.

7.

8.

Exercise 2: Label the pictures. Choose the correct labels.

Factory/office/shop

1.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 92
Garage/hospital/sports club

2.

Factory/farm/supermarket

3.

Factory/farm/police station

4.

Hospital/post office /railway station

5.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 93
Chemist/library/restaurant

6.

Bookshop/garage/shop

7.

Exercise 3: Complete the sentences. Use the verbs in the box.

cleans cooks flies grows paints repairs


sells serves shows takes teaches writes

1. She’s a chef. She _____________ meals in a restaurant.


2. She’s a waitress. She ______________ food and drinks at restaurant tables.
3. He’s a pilot. He ______________ a plane.
4. She’s a lecturer. She ______________ in a university.
5. He’s a mechanic. He ____________ cars in a garage.
6. She’s a journalist. She _____________ reports for newspapers or news on TV.
7. She’s a guide. She ______________ tourists round the town.
8. She’s a dentist. She checks and ______________ people’s teeth.
9. She’s a sales assistant. She ____________ things to customers in a shop.
10. He’s a photographer. He ____________ photos when people get married.
11. He’s a farmer. He _____________ fruit and vegetables.
12. He’s an artist. He ____________ pictures.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 94
Exercise 4: Match the subjects with the sentences. Use the words in the box.

art biology chemistry geography history maths physics technology

1. Students learn about people and things that happened in the past: ______________
2. Students study different countries and learn about mountains and seas: _______________
3. Students learn about living things like plants and animals: _______________
4. Students study what is in things and how they change when they are mixed together:
_______________
5. Students study things like electricity, light and sound: _______________
6. Students study numbers: _________________
7. Students learn how to paint or draw: __________________
8. Students study how to use computers and new equipment: ___________

Exercise 5: Read the text and choose the best job for each person.
My best friend, Emma, was very good at languages at school. She’s studying English at university now. She
loves talking to people and writing. She wants to be a driver/journalist /nurse when she finishes her course.
Jim is another friend from school. He was always good at biology and is now studying medicine. He wants
to be a doctor/mechanic/pilot after finishing university. I remember Laura very well. She sat in front of me
in class. She was quite good at most subjects and she really liked being with small children. She is now
working as a cook/guide /teacher in a primary school. Dan was terrible at school. He hated all the subjects!
When he left school, he went to college and learnt how to repair cars. He now works as a
farmer/mechanic/police officer . Beth was always very good at French and German at school. She also likes
meeting people from different countries. She now has a job as a actor/guide/nurse at a big tourist
information office.

Exercise 6: Read the email from Sara asking about a job. Complete it with the words in the box.
Course fun good hobbies interested interview jobs store working

Job – Receptionist (Sofitel Hotel, Abu Dhabi)


To the Manager,
I am very (1) _____________ in the job of receptionist at your hotel. I’m 22 years old and I have just
finished a (2)_____________ in Maths and Technology at Sussex University. I’m very (3)__________ at
languages and speak English, French and Arabic. I have had several (4) ______________ during the
summer holidays. I have worked as a sales assistant in a big (5)________________ and also as a
receptionist for a dentist. I’m a hard worker and I’m good at (6)_____________ with others in a team. My
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 95
(7) ______________ are reading about history and watching films in French and Arabic. Other students on
my course say that I’m very friendly and good (8) _____________ to be with.
I am in Abu Dhabi at the moment and could come for an (9) ____________ any time during this month.
Best wishes,
Sara Ahmad

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 96
READING – WRITING

LESSON 6

I. READING

A. Exam information: Multiple-choice questions

In the exam, there are different types of multiple-choice questions: you may be asked to choose the correct
answer to a question, or you may be given a choice of sentence endings and asked to form a sentence that
reflects the meaning of the text. The questions will be in the same order as the information in the text.

Read the following text and then answer the following questions.

The value of friendship

Recent research into the world of teenagers has suggested that they value friendship above everything else.
Children aged between 12 and 15 were asked what was important to them. Their answers included
possessions such as money and computer gadgets but also relationships with people. The teenagers
questioned said that friends were the most important to them, more even than family, or boyfriends and
girlfriends.
We wanted to find out more about the results of this research so we asked our readers what they thought
about the value of friendship. Here are some examples of what they said about their friends:

Ben, 15:
Every time I have a fight with my parents, I need some time on my own. But after that, the first thing I do is
meet up with my friends. After playing football for a while, or skateboarding, I usually feel much happier
again.

Rory, 13:
When I moved to a village in the countryside, I thought that it would be the end of my friendships. But my
old friends have kept in touch and they come and visit in the holidays. There's a lake nearby, so we often go
sailing, water-skiing or windsurfing. And I have made some new friends here too, at school, and since I
joined the rugby club.

Carlos, 11:
Last year, I broke my arm on a skiing holiday. Unfortunately, it was my left arm and I am left-handed. My
school friends all helped and copied their notes for me.

It seems that our readers value their friendships very highly. From what they told us, they spend a lot of time
with their friends, just hanging out, or sharing hobbies and interests. They seem to need their friends for

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 97
advice, help, chats, and for having fun. Clearly, friends make each other feel better. Looking at what our
readers told us, the results of the recent research are not really surprising.

1. Try to answer this question yourself first, before reading the explanation. Choose the best answer
from the letters a-d.

To teenagers, money is …
a. not important. c as important as relationships with people.
b as important as computer gadgets. d less important than friendships.
The correct answer is d. The teenagers said that money, gadgets and relationships are all important to them.
However, the text also tells us that the teenagers value friendships most, therefore money is less important.

Exam tip
Deciding which are the key, or most important, words in a question can help you to locate the appropriate
section of the text more quickly.

2. Look at the following questions, without reading the answer options. Underline the question words
(e.g. where, when, what) and the key words in each of the questions (1-3) and sentence stems (4-5).

1. Why are Ben, Rory and Carlos mentioned in the article?


a. They know why teenagers value friendship.
b. They gave information about themselves.
c. They read magazines.
d. They are teenage boys.
2. Which of the following best describes Ben?
a. He often has fights.
b. He likes being alone.
c. He is happier than his friends.
d. He likes some sports.
3. What do we know about the lake that Rory visits?
a. It is near the school.
b. It is near his home.
c. It is used by a lot of people who do water sports.
d. It is in a village.
4. Carlos mentions that he is left-handed because ...
a. it makes skiing harder.
b. it makes it worse that he broke the arm he uses most.
c. it is an interesting fact about himself and he was talking about his left arm.
d. it is very unfortunate when you break your left arm.
5. The answers to the recent research and the answers from the readers ...
a. were surprising.
b. were the same.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 98
c were similar.
d. were both about sports.

3. Now, answer the multiple-choice questions in Exercise 2.

Exam tip
If a question is difficult, don't spend too much time on it — go to the next one. Once you find the next
answer, you can go back in the text to find the answer to the previous question. This is because, in this type
of task, the questions are in the same order as the information in the text.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 99
B. Exam information: Completing sentences

In the exam, you may be asked to complete sentences with words from the passage. The information will be
in the same order as the questions.

Exam tip
The sentences will refer to information in the text, but this will be paraphrased and will include synonyms
(words or expressions that mean the same) and antonyms (words or expressions that mean the opposite).
You should scan the text to look for paraphrases of the sentences to find the section and information you
need.

4. Match the words with their (near) synonyms.

1. device a. investigation
2. research b. from a distance
3. remotely c. the future
4. magazines, books d. gadget
5. tomorrow e. curiosity
6. substance f. material
7. interest g. reading materials

5. Match the words with their (near) antonyms

1. digital a. the future


2. yesterday b. deliberate
3. remote c. commemorated
4. forgotten d. analogue
5. lost e. nearby
6. accidental f. found

6. In the following sentences, underline any words that refer to a similar idea or thing. The first one
has been done for you
1. Your mobile phone contains small amounts of gold and platinum, as well as less valuable metals.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 100
2. There are some materials that allow electricity to pass through them. These electrical conductors are used
in many different appliances in the home.
3. Another example is electrical insulators, substances that do not let electricity pass through.
4. We sell any computer you can imagine, from the traditional desktop to tablet computers and other kinds
of mobile computers, as well as cameras and e-readers.
5. Your smartphone's operating system may have the same or a different OS to the one controlling your
tablet.
Exam tip
Timing is very important in the IELTS exam, as you will have to answer 40 questions about three reading
passages in one hour. In this type of exam question, you will be looking for detailed information, so you will
need to use your scanning skills. Try to get used to scanning and working as fast as you can.

Exam tip
In the exam, do not be tempted to use any previous knowledge you may have on a particular topic. You
must always answer according to the information given in the text.

7. Complete the sentences below. Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS OR NUMBERS from the
text for each answer.
1. A compound cannot be separated without energy and a …………………
2. Although mixtures consist of a combination of elements and compounds, it is possible for these to
be …………………
3. If flavourings were not added, people would probably …………… to consume margarine.
4. Flavours can only be described as natural if they have a natural …………………
5. Vanillin is chemically produced, but …… in chemical composition to a natural flavouring.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 101
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 102
II. WRITING

8. Improve these topic sentences. Circle the topic. Choose a main idea for each topic and write a topic
sentence. Then share your new sentences with a partner or small group.

a. I have a photo of my girlfriend.

idea: ……….The photo reminds me of her………

topic sentence: ……….I carry a photo of my girlfriend to remind me of her………..

b. I have a new jacket.

idea: ………………………………………………………………

topic sentence: ………………………………………………………………

c. The Internet is good.

idea: ………………………………………………………………

topic sentence: ………………………………………………………………

d. My friend is nice.

idea: ………………………………………………………………

topic sentence: ………………………………………………………………

e. I learn English at school.

idea: ………………………………………………………………

topic sentence: ………………………………………………………………

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 103
9. Work with a partner to complete the paragraph below and make it better. First, make a list of
details you could add to the paragraph. This is an imaginary place, so use your imagination!

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 104
READING – WRITING
LESSON 6

HOMEWORK

PRACTICE TEST 2

Exercise 1:

Questions 1-6 Choose the appropriate letters a, b, c or d.


1. How many friends do the majority of people probably have?
a. 30 real friends or fewer c. 150 internet friends
b. a minimum of 30 real friends d. 400 internet friends over the course of their lives
2. It is difficult ...
a. to believe the numbers about
b. to keep your friends happy.
c. to trust what you read on social networking friendship sites.
d. to give a definition of 'friendship'.
3. Friendship means ...
a. different things to different people.
b. dying for your friends if you need to.
c. helping each other until it is no longer necessary.
d. accepting people with different views.
4. Sometimes people worry because ...
a. they think that they have too many friends.
b. they spend too much time with friends.
c. they think they are too old to make friends.
d. there are no guidelines about friendship.
5. Most of us ...
a. are dissatisfied with our friends. c. are frightened to talk to strangers.
b. build friendships late in life. d. need to be with others.
6. What does 'Strangers are friends we have not met yet' mean?
a. We have not met strangers before.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 105
b. Strangers are also our friends.
c. We should not talk to strangers.
d. Strangers may become our friends.

It is said that most people have no more than 30 friends at any given time, and 400 over the whole of their
lives. However, on social networking sites, most users have about 150 friends. If these numbers are
correct, then friendship means different things in different situations.
One of the reasons for having more online friends than real friends at a certain point in time is that online
friendships do not require much time and energy: it is easy to accept friendships and keep them forever.
Another possibility is that it is difficult to say 'no' when somebody asks us to be their friend online, even if
we feel we don't really know them. The fact that they ask us suggests that they do consider us a friend,
which is a nice feeling. Alternatively, they may be 'collectors' of online friends and just want to use us to
get a higher number of friends and appear to be popular.
Online friendships are quite easy, but in the real world decisions about friendships are harder to make.
There are no rules about friendship. There are no guidelines about how to make friends, how to keep
friendships going, and how to finish friendships if we want to move on. People have very different
opinions about this: some people would die for their friends and they value them more than family. Others
say that friends are temporary, only there to help each other until they are no longer needed. If people with
such different views become friends, this can lead to problems. Because of these different definitions of
friendship, it is easy to be unhappy about our friendships. We may want them to be deeper or closer, or we
may want to have more friends in our lives. Sometimes we simply do not have the time to develop our
friendships, or we fear we have left it too late in life to start. If we move to another country or city, we
have to find ways to make new friends again.
This dissatisfaction shows us how important friendships are for most of us. We should not think that it
could be too late to build friendships. We also need to understand that the need to be around other people
is one that is shared by many. Therefore, we should not be too frightened about starting to talk to people
who in the future may become our friends: it is likely that they too would like to get closer to us.
Remember what people say: strangers are friends we have not met yet.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 106
Exercise 2: Write a paragraph on the following topic: What are the advantages and disadvantages of
doing homework? Use the notes to help you.

Notes
In your paragraph, remember to include:
1. an introduction to the topic.
2. your opinion.
3. some information that agrees with the topic.
4. some information that disagrees with the topic.
5. examples of advantages and disadvantages.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 107
READING – WRITING

LESSON 7

I. LEAD-IN

1. Complete the table with the correct words. Some words can be used twice.
square motorway motorbike ticket platform post office
shopping centre car park library sports centre restaurant
coach cafe police station department store the underground

Places in a city Travel and transport

square, car park, post office, police station, motorbike, coach, platform, motorway, ticket
library, sports centre, restaurant, café, the underground
shopping centre, department store

II. READING

2. Read the signs and notices. Add the words in blue to the table in Exercise 1.
● In some Reading exam
questions, you will read
some very short real-
world texts, such as
signs, messages,
postcards, notes, emails
or labels. You will need
to work out the main
idea of the text. Read the
whole text and decide
what the key words are
to help you understand
what the text says.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 108
3. Read the signs and messages again in Exercise 2. Choose the correct answer, A, B or C.
1. What does the supermarket notice say?
A. You can pay £2 to leave your car in the supermarket car park all day.
B. Supermarket customers can only park here for 2 hours at a time.
C. You don't need to pay if you finish shopping within 2 hours.
2. Why did Harry write this message?
A. To give Tom and Jim instructions on how to get to the park.
B. To invite Tom to play football with him and Jim.
C. To find out what time Tom would like to play football.
3. What is the notice telling passengers?
A. They should wait for news about the weather before travelling.
B. Some passengers will be late today because of the weather.
C. The station is closed until the weather improves.
4. What does Lee suggest?
A. To book the flights as soon as possible.
B. To choose a less expensive flight.
C. To change the date of his and Su's flight.
5. What does George say?
A. His sightseeing trip included a visit to a museum and castle.
B. He visited the castle and museum after going on the boat trip.
C. He hopes to do a boat trip and an open bus tour before returning home.
6. What are train passengers told at the station?
A. They must not leave bikes at the station.
B. Cycle parking is only for members of station staff.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 109
C. If they need to know more, they can ask someone who works there.
7. What should Alice do?
A. Contact Tim if she would like a lift to the theatre.
B. Tell Sonia what her travel plans are for this evening.
C. Let Tim or Sonia know if she's going to the theatre.

III. WRITING

LANGUAGE FOCUS: Giving an opinion

Your opinion is your personal feeling. A fact is something that is true. Most writing uses both facts and
opinions. When you talk about your opinions, you can start your sentence with phrases such as:
I think friends should always be honest.
I don't think white lies are dangerous.
I believe it is better to upset your friends than to lie.
In my view, it is often safer to lie than to tell the truth.
In my opinion, lying is the same as cheating or stealing.
When you write, you can use one of the sentence starters above. However, be careful not to use too many, or
to use them too often. That can make your writing sound weak. The reader knows that the paragraph is your
opinion, because you wrote it!

4. Look at the sentences below. Write F for the facts, and 0 for the opinions.

a. …O… Learning English is easier for girls than for boys.


….F…. There are more boys than girls in my English class.
b. ………
O Good teachers don't give too much homework.
………
F Our teacher gave us homework last week.
c. ………
O Keanu Reeves is a good actor.
………
F Keanu Reeves starred in the Matrix movies.
d. ………
F Many teens carry cell phones these days.
O
……… Cell phones are very convenient.
e. ………
F All students have to wear a uniform at my school.
O
……… Our school uniforms are not very comfortable.
f. ………
O I don't believe that wearing the latest fashions is important.
………
F My favourite clothes are all black.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 110
5. For each topic below, write one fact and one opinion.
• Read your sentences to a partner.
• Your partner will tell you which sentence is the fact and which is the opinion.

a. tea

……..Green tea is good for your health…..F…….

……..Black tea tastes better than green tea…..0…

b. college entrance exams

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

c. violent video games

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

d. dating

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

e. money

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

f. sports

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

g. (your choice of topic)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

WRITING FOCUS: Supporting sentences with opinions and examples.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 111
6. Decide if these sentences are opinions (0) or examples (E). Write 0 or E next to each sentence.

a. …………… Smoking should be banned in all restaurants.


b. …………… Smoking is banned in restaurants in California and New York.
c. …………… The air is cleaner and healthier in non-smoking restaurants.
d. …………… I believe that customers prefer non-smoking restaurants.
e. …………… My clothes smelled horrible after I had dinner with a friend who smoked.
f. …………… I went to a smoky restaurant in Paris, and I couldn't eat my food.
g. …………… In my country, smoking is banned on buses and trains, and in all public buildings.

7. Read this paragraph and answer the questions below.

Lying
1
In my opinion, exaggeration is the same as lying. 2My friend John is always exaggerating. 3When we met
two years ago, he told me he spoke French fluently. 4However, last week we met a French man at a soccer
match. 5John couldn't say anything to him in French except, "Where are you from?" and "Do you like
England?" 6
1 think he lies because he wants to be exciting. 7Last night, he told me he has a new millionaire
girlfriend. 8She probably has a lot of money but isn't a millionaire. 9I don't believe John is a good friend.

a. Check (✓) the writer's opinions.

1. A good friend doesn't exaggerate.


2. A good friend has a rich girlfriend.
3. A good friend is exciting.
4. A good friend tells the truth.

b. Underline two examples used to support the writer's opinions.

c. Work with a partner.


1. Give an example of a time you have told a white lie or exaggerated.
2. Tell your partner your opinion about white lies and exaggeration.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 112
READING – WRITING
LESSON 7

HOMEWORK

READING AND WRITING

Exercise 1: Read a magazine article about a city. Then complete the exercise.

Madrid, the capital city of Spain, is a great place to visit. It is possible to see some of the important places
in one week, but it is better to stay for two weeks if you want to see all of them. It is good to stay in a
hotel in the city centre, because you will be close to most places to visit, but it can be expensive. It is
cheaper to stay in the north of the city, and it is easy to travel to the centre by bus or train. The bus is
slower than the train, but you will be able to see the different parts of the city. There are a number of
interesting museums and art galleries in Madrid. The most famous museum is the Prado, which has many
famous paintings. This museum is close to a big, beautiful park with many trees and flowers, and a big
lake, where you can rent a boat. Many people like to walk or ride bicycles in the park.
There are many great places where visitors to Madrid can have lunch. Instead of going to a restaurant, try
the Mercado de San Miguel, a big indoor market with many types of tasty Spanish food. Remember that
Spanish people eat dinner later, between 9:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m., so most restaurants will not be open
between 5:00 p.m. and 9:00 p.m. Don’t wait until you arrive at the airport to buy presents to take home.
There are many good shops, and a famous department store which is the best place to buy food, clothes
and gifts.

two weeks in Madrid. is the most famous museum in Madrid. in the park.
is a good place to eat lunch. between 9:00 p.m. and 10:00 p.m. by bus or train.

1. It is a good idea to stay


2. You can travel to the city centre
3. The Prado
4. You can rent a boat
5. The Mercado de San Miguel

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 113
6. Most Spanish people eat dinner

Exercise 2: Read the magazine article again. Choose True or False.

True False
1. In one week, you can see all of the important places in Madrid.
2. It is difficult to travel to the centre from the north of the city.
3. The Prado museum is not very famous.
4. It takes longer to travel by bus than by train.
5. A lot of people like to cycle in the park.
6. The writer says that visitors to Madrid should have lunch in a restaurant.
7. Between 5:00 p.m. and 9:00 p.m., most restaurants in Madrid are closed.
8. The writer says that visitors to Madrid shouldn’t buy presents at a department
store.

Exercise 3: Read the texts about different cities. Then complete the exercise.

A Joel from London


There are so many different activities to do in London that you will never get bored. My favourite thing
about London is probably the choice of food. You can find everything from Italian to Iranian food! A lot
of people think that it is expensive to eat in London, but it depends where you go to eat. There are plenty
of good markets that sell excellent and cheap food. The worst thing about living in London is definitely all
the cars. I never drive there because it is too dangerous.
B Alice from Birmingham
Many people say that Birmingham is not a beautiful city, but I don’t think this is true at all. There are
some lovely parks and green areas, especially around the university. Birmingham is also a great city for
eating and shopping and it is much cheaper to live there than in London, where I lived for two years. The
thing I dislike about living in Birmingham is the pollution, the dirty air. It is worse now than it was in the
past because of all the cars.
C David from Cardiff
Cardiff is quite a small city, but there are a lot of interesting museums and art galleries to visit. It is also a
really good place for watching sports games like football and rugby. Because Cardiff is not a very big
city, a lot of visitors find that people are very friendly and will always help you to find your way around.
The worst thing about living in Cardiff is the weather. It rains a lot in the winter.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 114
D Fiona from Edinburgh
Edinburgh is a nice city with beautiful old buildings. It is very good for food and entertainment. Because
it is a small city, you can walk to places easily and you do not normally need to use public transport. The
worst thing about living in Edinburgh is that it can be very busy in the summer when there are a lot of
tourists. I prefer it in winter, when it is cold and snowy.

Match the information with the correct paragraph. Read the texts about different cities to help you.
A B C D
1. You can watch a lot of sports games in this city.
2. This city is not good for driving.
3. This city is not expensive to live in.
4. The people in this city are helpful if you get lost.
5. There are a lot of people visiting this city in the summer.
6. The food in this city is not as expensive as people think.
7. It is easy to travel on foot in this city.
8. A lot of people think that this is not an attractive city.

Exercise 4: Read the newspaper article about cycling in cities. Then complete the exercise.
Today, many large cities around the world have too many cars on their roads. This is bad for cities,
because it takes people a long time to travel to work, and there are many more car accidents. However, the
biggest problem with cars is that there is lot of pollution in cities. This is bad for people’s health. One way
to stop this problem is for people to leave their cars at home and use public transport, for example buses
and trains. Many cities like London and Paris now have a new cleaner way for people to travel. They can
rent bicycles to travel around the city. It is a healthy and cheap way to travel, and many people now prefer
to use bicycles for short journeys.
In London, there are special stations to rent bicycles. People take a bicycle from one station and return it
to a different station later in the day. It costs £2.00 to rent a bicycle for 30 minutes, £3.00 for one hour,
and £5.00 for two hours. There are many different bicycle stations around the city. Most of the stations are
in the city centre, but there are also some stations in areas where people live and near places like parks
and museums. The most popular time for people to use these bicycles is at the weekend, but many people
also use the bicycles to travel to work in the mornings on weekdays. In Paris, people can rent bicycles in
the same way as they can in London, but Paris has more bicycle stations than London.
There are many cities around the world where people can rent bicycles in this way. The first bicycle

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 115
stations were in Amsterdam in the Netherlands, while Hangzhou is the first city in China to build a set of
bicycle stations. Copenhagen in Denmark has the most modern bicycles. The bicycles there have
computer screens which give people directions to different places in the city. Copenhagen is a very good
city for riding bicycles. There is a lot of space for people to cycle on the roads, and there are even some
special traffic lights for bicycles. It is not surprising that more people travel by bicycle in Copenhagen
than by car. In the future, it is likely that people will be able to rent bicycles in many more cities around
the world. This means that there will be fewer cars and less pollution.
Riding bicycles is not only a good way to stop pollution. Many people say that they also feel happier
when they ride a bicycle than they do when they drive a car, or take a bus or train. This is because they
feel healthier, have more energy and can also save money. More people now travel to work by bicycle in
many cities than before and people are more likely to go shopping in areas of the city that are close to
bicycle stations. The areas close to bicycle stations are even becoming popular places for people to live.
Choose the correct answers. Read the newspaper article on the first screen again to help you.
1. The most important problem with cars in cities is longer travel times/ more car accidents/ more
pollution.
2. To rent a bicycle in London for one hour costs £2.00/£3.00/£5.00 .
3. Most of the bicycle stations in London are in the city centre/near people’s houses/near parks and
museums.
4. The most popular time for people to rent bicycles in London is at the weekend/in the mornings/on
weekdays .
5. In Paris, the number of bicycle stations is smaller than in London/larger than in London/the same as
in London .
6. The first country to have bicycle stations was China/Denmark/The Netherlands .
7. For people riding bicycles, Copenhagen has a lot of space/stations/traffic lights .
8. Bicycle stations in cities have changed where people go shopping/where people work/where people
live.

Exercise 5: Look at the maps of New City in 2007 and 2017. Complete the sentences with the missing
information.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 116
1. New City has a river in the middle/north/south of the city.
2. The bus station is in the east/north/south of the city.
3. The train station moved to the north/east/west of the city in 2017.
4. The hospital in 2017 is smaller than/bigger than/the same as it was in 2007.
5. In 2007, there were fewer/more/no places to go shopping in the city.
6. The new airport is west/north/south of the shopping centre.
7. The river is now the busiest/quietest/smallest area of the city.
8. There are fewer/more/less schools in 2017 than in 2007.

Exercise 6: Complete the table with the correct adjective, comparative or superlative forms.

Adjective Comparative Superlative


1 small the smallest
2 bigger
3 the most expensive
4 important
5 easier
6 the best
7 bad
8 much/many the most
9 a lot the most

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 117
Exercise 7: Choose the correct words to complete the paragraph.

There were some big/bigger/biggest changes to New City between 2007 and 2017. Perhaps the most
important change is that there are now a lot/more/most types of transport. There is a new bus station and an
airport. The buildings are also much tall/taller/tallest than they were in 2007. There are many new modern
apartment buildings and the new hospital is much modern/more modern/most modern than the old one. In
2007, the river was quiet/quieter/quietest than it is now. There were not a lot of/the most/most shops and
restaurants. Now there are more shops and restaurants and the area is much busy/busier/busiest than it was
before. Most people who live in New City think that it is a good/better/best place to live now than it was in
2007.

Exercise 8: Put the description of two maps of a city in 2007 and 2017 in the correct order.

Firstly, there are more types of transport than in the past. In 2007, New City had just one train station in
the west of the city. The city now has an airport in the north east and a bus station in the south west. In
addition, people can rent bicycles in several areas of the city centre.
It is an attractive city with a river and several green areas. The main centre is opposite a large park. The
two biggest changes to New City that we can see are the different types of public transport and buildings.
Secondly, the buildings in New City are very different today. In 2007, most people lived in houses. Now,
there are new apartment buildings. There is a bigger, more modern hospital, and there are many more
shops and restaurants, including a large new shopping centre in the east of the city.
The two maps show some of the main changes to a city between 2007 and 2017. The name of the city is
New City.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 118
Exercise 9: The two maps below show a town before and after some changes. Write a summary of the
main changes. Use the notes to help you.

Notes
1. Describe the changes and give examples.
2. Use comparative and superlative adjectives.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 119
READING – WRITING
LESSON 7

HOMEWORK

GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY

Exercise 1: Match the opposites.

Slow horrible hard dangerous light noisy

1.safe
2.quiet
3.heavy
4.lovely
5.easy
6.quick

Exercise 2: Complete the sentences. Use the adjectives in the box.

Dangerous different famous favourite lucky noisy popular unusual

1. Her weekend is very ___________ from her friends’ weekend. They like to go shopping, but she
works on a farm.
2. Everyone at college likes her. She’s very ____________ with other students.
3. There aren’t many Saturday jobs for students, so he’s ______________ to have one.
4. They love playing chess. It’s their _____________hobby.
5. He rides too fast down mountains on his bike. It’s ____________ .
6. I can’t work in _____________ places. I need it to be quiet.
7. Nobody knows she writes for a magazine. People like her funny stories, but she’s not
_____________.
8. He starts work at three in the morning and finishes at five. His weekend job is very ____________ .

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 120
Exercise 3: Match the words with the pictures. Use the words in the box.

Acting horse riding painting pictures playing chess playing computer games
playing the piano stamp collecting taking photographs

1.

2.

3.

4.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 121
5.

6.

7.

8.

Exercise 4: Match the sentences.

She loves him. He loves her. They love her. They love it. She loves it. She loves
them. She loves her.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 122
1. Stephanie loves her uncle.
2. Stephanie’s uncle loves his niece.
3. Anna loves her sister.
4. Beth’s parents love their work.
5. Sally loves her new job.
6. Carla loves her parents.
7. Carla’s mum and dad love their daughter.

Exercise 5: Complete the sentences with the correct words.


1. My friends and I/us/we are students and our/us/we all have interesting hobbies.
2. Lara plays the piano and her/it/she also sings in a university group. It/Its/They is very popular.
3. Tom is a very good chess player. He/His/They friends often watch he/him/his play after classes.
4. There is a new sports centre opening near our/us/we college. Her/It/They has six indoor tennis courts.
5. I/Me/My brother really enjoys acting. Next week, our/us/we parents are going to the theatre to see
his new play.
6. Susan collects stamps. Their/Them/They are from many different countries and Susan keeps
their/them/they in a big book.

Exercise 6: Put the words in the correct order to complete the sentences.

I'm years old and I'm studying 20 art


1. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ ____________

A brother weekend job got my has fantastic


2. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ ____________
___________ ___________

A company work for IT parents big my


3. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ ____________
___________ ___________

The lots meets sports club at of people interesting my sister


4. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ ____________
___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

At university year we finished our course last


5. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ ____________
___________
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 123
Saturday job to get I as an amazing a tennis coach was lucky
6. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ ____________
___________ ___________

Exercise 7: Correct the underlined mistakes.


1. A: Is you’re new course interesting?
B: No, its really boring.
2. A: His very happy playing the piano.
B: Oh, that’s good.
3. A: Can you tell my about your new job?
B: Yes, I take photographs when people get married.
4. A: Do your friends have interesting holiday jobs?
B: Yes, her jobs are really good.
5. A: Is this Beth’s phone?
B: Yes, it’s she phone.
6. A: Does your brother play chess against Russian players?
B: No, she never plays against him.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 124
READING – WRITING

LESSON 8

I. LEAD-IN

1. Match the sentence halves.

a job in a bank. a lot of essays this week. maths when I was at school.
two new languages this year! a computer to do my homework. to people on my course.
a test before I start college. a lot of my time studying.

1. I use
2. I have to write
3. My brother wants to learn
4. I have to take
5. My sister has just got
6. I enjoy talking
7. I spend
8. I was good at doing

II. READING

2. Read the introduction to a factual text about summer jobs. Then, in pairs, answer the questions.

1. What do you think a career advisor does?


2. What will she do in this article?

3. Now, take two minutes only to read the article once quickly. Then, answer the questions.
1. Why is it good for young people to get a summer job or do a short course? 3.1. TIP
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 125
2. How many different types of summer jobs does Helen Green write about? Reading the text quickly (or
“skimming” the text) will
help you to understand the
main ideas.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 126
4.1. TIP
4. First, read the question. Then, read the Exam strategy box about If the exact
answering True/ False/ Not Given questions. information in the
statement is not
1. Helen Green thinks that it is difficult for young people to find a summer job.
mentioned in the text
A. True B. False C. Not Given
about the statement,
Answer: C (She says it's not the case at all.)
then the answer is
Not Given.

Exam Strategy: answering True, False or Not Given questions


1. Read the statement very carefully.
2. Highlight the key words in the statement.
Helen Green thinks that it is difficult for young people to find a summer job.
3. Find the paragraph in the text with the information about this statement.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 127
Getting a summer job
A summer job will give you the chance to earn money and get some work experience, as well as learn
new skills. Many teenagers think that it will be difficult to find a job because they don't have as much
experience as an adult. However, that's not the case at all.
4. Scan the text for the key words you highlighted in the statement. Watch out for `synonyms' (different
words with the same meaning),
e.g. young people = teenagers.
5. Use the exam strategy information to decide whether the statements are True, False or Not Given.

5. Now, read the article in Exercise 3 again and use the exam strategies in Exercise 4 to answer the
questions. Choose the correct answer, A, B or C.
1. Young people should give employers information about what they can do.
A. True B. False C. Not Given
2. Sports coaches at a summer camp don't get paid very much money.
A. True B. False C. Not Given
3. You need to have a car to get a job working with older people.
A. True B. False C. Not Given
4. Young people who work in designer clothes stores can help customers decide what to buy.
A. True B. False C. Not Given
5. Sales assistants in designer fashion stores shouldn't talk to other staff members at work.
A. True B. False C. Not Given
6. You only need to get a certificate, to get a job as a lifeguard.
A. True B. False C. Not Given
7. In the summertime, lifeguards often need to work in the evenings or at the weekend.
A. True B. False C. Not Given
8. Many IT companies offer jobs to young people in the summer.
A. True B. False C. Not Given

III. WRITING

6. Read the paragraph and find out what the problem is.

It Wasn't My Fault!
1
Professors should be understanding when students can't complete assignments on time. 2I couldn't do the
writing homework for English class today, and my professor didn't want to hear my reasons. 3I had good
reasons, too. 4Last night was Evan's birthday. 5He’s my best friend, so I had to go to his party. 6After the
party, I tried to do the homework, but my computer froze and I lost all the information. 7I was too tired to
write it again because it was very late. 8My professor didn't care. 9She said, “You had two weeks to do the
assignment, so there are no excuses.” 10I think she's angry with me, but it wasn't my fault
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 128
7. Why didn't the writer do his homework? Write W for the writer's reasons and P for the professor's
reasons.
The writer didn't do his homework because ...
a. ……… it was his best friend's birthday.
b. ……… he is lazy.
c. ……… he isn't organized.
d. ……… he had a computer problem.
e. ……… he isn't a serious student.

LANGUAGE FOCUS: Giving explanations

Cause and effect/ result


• So and because can be used to join two sentences together:
It was raining. I took an umbrella.
It was raining, so I took an umbrella.
I took an umbrella because it was raining.
• So and because have a similar function.
So tells us the result or effect of a situation: I took an umbrella.
Because tells us why something happens (the cause): I took an umbrella. Why? Because it was
raining.
• So and because are often very close in meaning, and you can choose either—but you must use so
with the result / effect and because with the cause:
I had a cold. I didn't go to class.
I had a cold, so I didn't go to class.
I didn't go to class because I had a cold.

Note: A comma comes before so. There is no comma before because.

8. Look again at the paragraph It Wasn't My Fault, and do the following.


a. Underline the sentences that use so or because.
b. For each of those sentences, tell a partner what part of the sentence tells the cause and what part
tells the effect / result.

9. Write a sentence using so and another sentence using because for these situations.

a. The movie was boring. I left early.


…………………..The movie was boring, so I left early……………
…………………..I left early because the movie was boring……….
b. We played badly. We lost the soccer match.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 129
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

c. I failed the test. I didn't study hard.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

d. My alarm clock didn't work. I was late for the meeting.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

e. I am shy. I don't have a girlfriend.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

f. I won't go to the party. I'm tired.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

LANGUAGE FOCUS: Starting with because

Look at these two sentences:

I was too tired to write it again because it was very late.


Because it was very late, I was too tired to write it again.
There is no difference in meaning between these two sentences. When you write, use both styles. This will
make your writing more varied and more interesting. However, there is a difference in punctuation.

10. Rewrite these sentences using because.

a. I couldn't bring my homework. My dog ate my homework.

…………..I couldn't bring my homework because my dog ate it…….

…………..Because my dog ate my homework, I couldn't bring it…….

b. I am too busy. I don't exercise.


(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 130
…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

c. I have too much homework. I go to bed late.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

d. I can't give up smoking. I will put on weight.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

e. I lost my friend's book. I was careless.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

f. I'm not going to go to the beach. I have to take an exam.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 131
READING – WRITING
LESSON 8

HOMEWORK

READING AND WRITING

Exercise 1: Read the blog posts by people with different jobs. Choose the correct words to complete
the blog posts.

James, 23. The best part of my job is the children. They say so many busy/clever/easy things and know so
much already. I often feel like I can see them learning. It is important to be very boring/difficult/kind to do
this job and not to get angry. And, of course, you need to be able to talk in a way that young people can
understand. I work very clever/easy/hard and I often have to take work home at the weekends and in the
holidays. But it is worth it at the end of the school term, when the children tell me how much they enjoyed
being in my class.
Isabelle, 34. The part of my job that I enjoy the most is meeting new people and finding out about their
health. Speaking to people is very awful/busy/important in my job, because I need to be able to explain
things clearly to sick people and their families. This can be a clever/difficult/friendly job. When I first
started working in the hospital, I was worried that I wouldn’t be able to take care of everyone, especially
when the hospital was very busy/interesting/kind , but the other staff were very helpful, and I really enjoy
working there now.
Gary, 28. The best part of my job is that I can spend so much time doing a sport I enjoy and get paid for it. I
also have the chance to travel around the world and it’s great that I can get to meet so many
easy/favourite/interesting people. I love talking to fans and taking photographs with them. Of course, the job
is not always fun. It makes me very tired and it can be very difficult, especially on the days when I don’t
play well. I have to play the best I can at all times and that isn’t always easy/kind/popular.
Sarah, 19. My favourite part of the job is talking to people and helping them to decide what to buy. I prefer
my job when the shop is busy and there are a lot of people to help. It can be a bit boring/busy/interesting
when the shop is really quiet. I like making the clothes look nice so that customers will want to buy them. I
also enjoy seeing the new clothes before anyone else and wearing the latest fashions. Of course, there are
some difficult people, but most of them are really nice and awful/favourite/friendly .

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 132
Exercise 2: Read the blog posts about different jobs again. Then choose the correct answers.

James Isabelle Gary Sarah


1. Who is happiest when busy?
2. Who needs to be kind to do the job?
3. Who doesn’t always do the job well?
4. Who had help from other people when starting the job?
5. Who often does work at home?
6. Who often talks to families?
7. Who is the person that sees new things?
8. Who travels to different countries?

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 133
Exercise 3: Read about subjects that are taught in schools. Then complete the exercise.

Most students learn subjects like English, Maths, Science and Geography at school. However, some
people don’t think that these subjects are so useful for students. They think that these subjects will not
help students to get a job later, after they leave school. So, some schools have started to teach new
subjects to their students, which they think will be more useful to them in the future.
Some schools want their students to study subjects which they think will be more helpful for them to get a
job in the future. One school in the United States has decided to teach their students how to do different
things using computers. Their students are learning how to write computer programs and how to design
mobile phone apps. Their students enjoy these new subjects, and would like to have more lessons to
improve their computer skills.
Other schools want their students to learn more daily life skills. A school in the UK is teaching their
students about what they should eat to stay healthy and how to cook healthy meals. In the past, most
children learnt how to cook at school, but today, many schools have stopped teaching cooking, so that
they can spend more time on subjects like Science and Maths. However, this UK school teaches cooking
as well as other skills such as how to save money.
Finally, learning how to speak and write well is very important for both work and family life. Some
people think that children do not learn these skills properly in school, because they spend so much time
studying for tests. Therefore, a school in Singapore has started teaching their students how to speak and
write well, and how to speak in a good way to young people and adults.

Complete the summary with words from the box. Read about subjects that are taught in schools on
the first screen again to help you.
future job money practice skills subjects work

Some schools are now teaching new things to their students which will be more useful to them in the
___________ . Some of the new ___________ , such as Computer Programming, can help students get a
___________ when they leave school. Others help them to learn important _____________ in the home,
for example, how to cook healthy meals and how to save _____________ . Finally, more __________ in
speaking and writing can also help young people get on well with other people when they leave school, both
at ____________ and at home.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 134
Exercise 4: Read the essay about tests in school. Label the paragraphs with the correct phrases from
the box.
Agree with the title
Disagree with the title
Introduction of the topic
Summary of the main points

These days, children do too many tests at school


__________________________
Every year, many students do tests at school. These tests are important because they show that children
understand their school subjects, but some people think that it is not good for children to take too many tests.
I think there are advantages and disadvantages to taking tests.
__________________________
Some people think that children do too many tests at school. They think that children spend too much time
studying for tests and this makes children bored of the subject. For example, if students spend a lot of time
studying for English tests, this might make them think that learning English is boring. Children may also
feel worried about taking tests. If they fail the test, they might think that they are not good at learning.
__________________________
However, other people think that it is important for children to take a lot of tests. They think that tests can
help teachers see if children understand the subjects. They also think that teachers can make taking tests fun
for their students by playing games to help them prepare. These people think that if children have a test, they
will pay more attention to their lessons and they will do more work at home and at school.
__________________________
It is important for children to do tests in school because teachers need to know that their students understand
the subject. Doing tests also helps children to pay attention in class and spend their time well. However,
schools should not give too many tests to their students, because this will make children feel bored.

Exercise 5: Put the words in the correct order to complete the sentences.

Tests there of are advantages and disadvantages talking


1. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ _________ .

Many students too do think some people tests that

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 135
2. _______ ________ _______ _______ _____ _________ _______ _________ .

Spend a lot of students firstly, tests time for studying


3. _______ ________ __________ _________ ______ ______ _______ _____ .

Feel taking students worried secondly, may tests about


4. _______ ________ _______ ______ ______ _________ _________ ______ .

Time also, for students have activities other won't


5. _______ _______ _____ _________ ______ _________ _________ _________.

However, that it's think tests to good take other people


6. ______ _____ _______ _______ _____ _______ _______ ______ ______ .

Important students work hard for it's to


7. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ _________.

Much students schools shouldn't work give too


8. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ _________ .

Exercise 6: Put the sentences in the correct order to complete the paragraph.

Firstly, they can learn about many different subjects, from Maths to Music.
However, other people say that school does not help many young people to get a job in the future.
Many people think that school is very important for young people.
For example, how to write computer programs or make things with their hands.
Also, they can learn other important life skills, such as how to make friends and get on well with other
people.
Secondly, they can learn useful skills in school, like how to learn another language and write essays.
They think that children need to learn more practical skills for work.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 136
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

Exercise 7: Complete the paragraph. Use the words and phrases from the box. One word or phrase is
used twice.

Firstly for example however I think many students secondly

____________ use computers to help them with their school work. ______________ there are advantages
and disadvantages with using computers at school. ______________ , using computers can be helpful for
finding information about different school subjects. ___________ , students can find websites and games
to help them learn a different language. ______________ , young people enjoy using new technology and
they often work better when they use computers. _______________ , using computers can also stop young
people from studying because there are so many other things they can do. ______________ , they might
check their email, play games or watch videos instead of working.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 137
Exercise 8: Read the sentences from the paragraph. Then match the sentences with the information.

A Many students use computers to help them with their school work.
B I think there are advantages and disadvantages with using computers at school.
C Firstly, using computers can be helpful for finding information about different school subjects.
D For example, students can find websites and games to help them learn a different language.
E Secondly, young people enjoy using new technology and they often work better when they use
computers.
F However, using computers can also stop young people from studying because there are so many other
things they can do.
G For example, they might check their email, play games or watch videos instead of working.

A disadvantage
An example of a disadvantage
The writer’s opinion
An example of an advantage
Another advantage
First advantage
Introduction of the topic

1. A
2. B
3. C
4. D
5. E
6. F
7. G

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 138
READING – WRITING
LESSON 8

HOMEWORK

GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY

Exercise 1: Match the words with the pictures. Use the words in the box.

Answer the phone build a wall clean the floor cut hair make drinks wash dishes

1.

2.

3.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 139
4.

5.

6.

Exercise 2: Complete the table with the opposites. Use the words in the box.

Clean easy great high interesting light short

1.dirty
2.low
3.boring
4.long
5.terrible
6.hard

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 140
7.heavy

Exercise 3: Match the sentences.

I worked long hours. The company was a long way from my home. The factory was very noisy.
The job was boring. The job was well paid. The pay was very low.

1. I started work at seven and didn’t finish until six. _____________


2. The machinery was so loud that you couldn’t hear anybody talk. ______________
3. I only earned £2 an hour. _________________
4. I got £20 an hour. ______________________
5. I had to do the same things every day. ________________
6. It took me nearly two hours to get to work every day.___________________

Exercise 4: Complete the sentences with the verbs in the box.

Did did learn didn't earned got left liked stopped were worked

Jacky: What ____________ you do in the summer? Did you get a job?
Mark: Yes, I worked as a waiter for a bit. I ______________ doing that after a week, though. The pay was
so low. I only ____________ £5 an hour and it was quite hard work.
Jacky: And so what did you do after that?
Mark: I ____________ a job at a hairdresser’s.
Jacky: Oh no, I can’t believe that!
Mark: What are you thinking? I_______________ cut people’s hair!
Jacky: So what did you do, then?
Mark: I _________________ as a cleaner. I had to clean the floor! There was always hair everywhere. It
was a bit boring, but the people ______________ nice.
Jacky: Did you earn much?
Mark: No, just £4 an hour.
Jacky: That’s terrible!
Mark: Yes. That’s why I _______________ and got another job.
Jacky: Another job? That’s too much!
Mark: I got a job with a builder for the last few weeks of the holiday. The hours were long, but the
money was very good.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 141
Jacky: Was it hard work?
Mark: Yes, I had to carry lots of heavy things around, but I ________________ to build walls, so it was
OK. And I _____________ being outdoors in the fresh air. It was healthy and I’m quite fit now.
Jacky: Yes, I can see.

Exercise 5: Put the words in the correct order to complete the sentences.
In job a restaurant a I got
1. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ ____________

Hour an earned pounds I six


2. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ ____________

Very long hours I worked


3. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________

Nice manager the very wasn't


4. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________

Interesting most work of the quite was


5. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ ____________
___________

About good some there the things were job


6. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ ____________
___________ ___________

Paid was really the well job


7. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ ____________

Exercise 6: Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.

1. I learnt/went/worked in an office last year.


2. My job made/was/went interesting.
3. He bought/earned/worked a lot of money last week.
4. I didn't like/didn't make/didn't want working outdoors.
5. She liked/made/went drinks for people.
6. There didn't/wasn't/weren't many good things about the job.
7. They didn't/wasn't/weren't want to work in a shop.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 142
8. She learnt/made/wrote emails and answered/replied/talked the phone.

Exercise 7: Read the online posts by students. Correct the mistakes by changing the underlined verbs
into the past simple.
Diane
Last summer, I get a job in a shop. I work every day from nine to five. I don’t like it much, but the money is
OK.
George
Last weekend, I help my mum and dad in the family business. I don’t have to work hard and it is a bit boring,
but I earn a lot.
Carlo
Last year, I have a Saturday job as a sales assistant in a clothes shop. I love talking to the customers, but I
don’t like working long hours.
Clare
During the last holidays, I start an office job. I enjoy answering the phone and working with other people.
The office manager doesn’t speak to me, but that isn’t a problem.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 143
READING – WRITING

LESSON 9

I. LEAD-IN
1. Match the sentence halves.

exercise class. sugar and salt. water. sleep. college or work. fruits and vegetables. gym.

1. Eat plenty of
2. Drink plenty of
3. Walk to
4. Don’t eat too much
5. Get enough
6. Join a
7. Take an

II. READING
2. You are going to read an essay about the importance of exercising while studying for exams. Take
two minutes to scan the essay very quickly. Which of the activities does the essay talk about?
2.1. TIP
The skills of skimming and
scanning are important
when reading a text. First
skim a text quickly to
understand the main idea.
Then, read the text again at
normal speed, scanning,
looking for particular
information and details.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 144
3. Read the text in Exercise 2 again and answer the questions.
1. Does the writer of the essay agree or disagree with the essay question?
2. What opinion does the writer give in response to the essay question?

4.1. TIP
4. Now, look at the question and read the exam strategy. In some Reading exams, you will
need to answer multiple-choice
1. The writer believes that children who have important
questions. There is only one
exams
correct answer option and the
A. need sports lessons to keep healthy.
other two are distractors. Read the
B. don't need to focus on other subjects.
C. need to spend all their time studying. question and answer options, then
read the text again to find which
answer option matches the
information in the text exactly.

Exam Strategy: answering multiple-choice questions


1. Read the statement very carefully.
2. Highlight the key words in the question and multiple-choice question

3. Find the paragraph in the text with the information about this statement.
4. Highlight information in the text related to the multiple-choice options.
Some parents may think that while their children are preparing for important school exams, they
shouldn't have sports lessons. This could be because they want them to focus on exam subjects more, like
science and maths. For a similar reason, some parents think children should also stop painting and music
lessons in the final school term so they can spend more time studying. However, I disagree with these
views, and believe that children should continue to have sports lessons. These lessons help students keep
healthy and happy during the exam period.
5. Choose which of the answer options is correct.
Answer: A

5. Read the essay again and use the exam strategy to answer the multiple-choice questions. Choose the
best option, A, B or C.
1. The writer says many young people prefer to spend their free time
A. riding their bikes.
B. in the park.
C. in front of their computers.
2. The writer thinks that exercise for young people is
A. less important than diet.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 145
B. just as important as diet.
C. more important than diet.
3. The writer believes regular exercise can make people feel
A. more active.
B. less stressed.
C. more tired at night.
4. The writer thinks that exercising
A. benefits the body and the mind.
B. can affect studying in a negative way.
C. will help you get better exam results.

III. WRITING

PARAGRAPH REVIEW

Remember
A paragraph can contain three different types of sentence:
• A topic sentence—tells the reader the topic and main idea of the paragraph.
• Supporting sentences—develop, explain, and give details about the idea of the topic.
• A concluding sentence—restates the topic sentence, summarises the paragraph, makes a prediction,
or gives advice or suggestions.

6. Below are sentences from a paragraph in the wrong order. Decide if the sentences are topic
sentences (T), supporting sentences (S), or concluding sentences (C).

a. ………… So, I bought a bike last week for $250 in a second hand bike sale.
b. ………… The colours are bright red, white, and dark blue.
c. ………… It’s a great bike, and I’m going to have a lot of fun on it.
d. ………… Mountain bikes are really popular where I live. Everybody has one.
e. ………… The bike is one year old but looks new.
f. ………… It looks like a bike you can ride on very rough mountains and over rocks.

7. Put the sentences above in a logical order. Then write the sentences into a paragraph on a separate
sheet of paper. Give the paragraph a title.

WRITING FOCUS: Writing the paragraph

After you have chosen a topic and brainstormed ideas, it is time to write your paragraph.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 146
• Choose a topic sentence first.
• Then write the supporting sentences.
• Finish with a concluding sentence.
• Give your paragraph a title.
But this is only the beginning! Good writers follow three steps to improve their writing. They ...
1. check their work.
2. show their work to someone else.
3. make any necessary additions and changes. These steps can be repeated several times.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 147
8. With a partner, describe the diagram below. What is happening in each circle?

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 148
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 149
9. Follow the process writing in Exercise 8 to write a paragraph about the importance of sports at
school.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 150
READING – WRITING
LESSON 9

HOMEWORK

READING AND WRITING

Exercise 1: Read the article giving advice on how to follow a healthy diet. Then complete the exercise.
A Introduction
The new year is the most popular time for many people to think about what to eat and to try to be
healthier. However, it is not always easy to change what you eat and many people give up their healthy
diet after just a few weeks. Only a small number of people manage to lose weight. Here is some advice to
help you continue your diet, and to feel healthier and happier.

B Healthy snacks
Most of us get hungry in between meals, especially after a busy day at work or college. A lot of people
will eat the first thing they can find and this is often something not so healthy, like a bar of chocolate or
some biscuits. To avoid eating these unhealthy snacks, cut up some fresh fruit and vegetables and keep
them in the fridge for when you are feeling hungry. Dried fruit and nuts are also healthy snacks and will
hopefully stop you from eating chocolate or biscuits when you feel like eating something sweet. Many
people enjoy drinking tea or coffee with sugar, even in the evenings before they go to bed. Try to drink
herbal teas, which are healthier and which will help you to sleep better at night.

C Eating in restaurants
Many people think that if they are following a healthy diet, they shouldn’t go out for dinner. However, it
is possible to eat healthy food in a restaurant. When you get the menu, look for healthy dishes which come
with a lot of vegetables. If you are not sure how healthy a dish is, you can always ask the waiter to help
you to choose something. You should also try not to order dessert, or choose something healthy, like fruit.
Finally, drink water with your meal. Fizzy drinks and juices contain a lot of sugar.

D Cooking at home
It is good to cook at home when you are following a healthy diet, because then you will know exactly
what you are eating. Avoid buying ready-made meals, because they usually have a lot of salt and
sugar. You can make your cooking healthier by using less sugar, oil and salt. Instead, use herbs and spices
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 151
to give your dishes more flavour. When you cook meat or fish, try to grill or boil it rather than frying.
Always include plenty of fresh, steamed or boiled green vegetables as part of your meal. You may find it
useful to buy a cookery book of healthy recipes, or to look up healthy recipes online. Finally, remember
it’s better to avoid having a second serving. If you still have food left, save it for the next day!
1. You should not have more than one serving.
o A
o B
o C
o D
2. People often want to eat something between breakfast and lunch, or between lunch and dinner.
o A
o B
o C
o D
3. Ask someone for advice about healthy dishes.
o A
o B
o C
o D
4. You can find information on the internet.
o A
o B
o C
o D
5. Many people find it difficult to continue a healthy diet.
o A
o B
o C
o D
6. A popular time for people to change their diet.
o A
o B
o C
o D
7. Choose water rather than other drinks.
o A
o B
o C
o D
8. You should change the type of tea that you drink.
o A
o B
o C

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 152
o D

Exercise 2: Read a leaflet from a sports centre about sports activities. Then complete the exercise.

Would you like to feel fitter, healthier and happier? Come to Mountain View Sports Centre. We have a
variety of sports and fitness activities, new facilities and good prices. The Sports Centre is open from 7:00
a.m. until 10:00 p.m. from Monday to Friday, and 8:00 a.m. until 9:00 p.m. on Saturdays and Sundays.
You can exercise in one of our gyms, take a swimming class, do exercise classes and yoga in our new
fitness rooms or join our tennis club. You can even book a session with a personal trainer. The centre has
very new facilities, including two gyms, one swimming pool for children and one for adults, ten exercise
rooms, five tennis courts and a café serving healthy snacks and fresh juices.
If you want to save money, you can buy a monthly pass, which costs £200 a month, or you can pay each
time you use the facilities. The gym costs £4.00 for a session, the swimming pool £5.00, and exercise
classes are £6.00. Lower prices are available for children and people over 60.

Complete the summary with one word or a number. Read the leaflet on the first screen again to help
you.

Mountain View Sports Centre


Opening hours
Monday to Friday: 7:00 a.m. until 10:00 p.m.
__________ and __________ : 8:00 a.m. until 9:00 p.m.
Facilities
____________ gyms
_____________ swimming pool
Adult’s swimming pool
____________ exercise rooms
Five ____________ courts
Café
Prices
Monthly pass: £200 per month
Gym session: £ ___________
Swimming pool: £5.00
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 153
_____________ classes: £6.00

Exercise 3: Read Luke’s email to his friend, Andrew. Then complete the exercise.

Dear Andrew,
Happy New Year! I hope that you enjoyed the party you told me about in your last email. Do you have
any good plans for the new year? I have decided that I am going to be much healthier this year. Last year,
I had a lot of exams, so I didn’t do very much exercise, and I ate too much chocolate and too many
biscuits. This year, I want to follow a healthy diet and to do more exercise.
I joined a gym last week. It’s in a nice new sports centre, which has a swimming pool and different rooms
with a variety of exercise classes. I tried the yoga class last week and I really enjoyed it. I am going to go
to a class once a week, and to the gym twice a week. I think that this will help me to get fit very quickly. I
have also started to walk to college instead of taking the bus. When I go to the library, I go by bike
because it is quite far. I feel much better and less tired if I walk or cycle.
I have started to cook more meals at home. I have found some good healthy recipes on the internet. Last
night, I cooked baked fish with steamed vegetables. It was delicious, and I didn’t feel hungry at all
afterwards. I have also decided not to eat junk food like chocolate and crisps for one month. I take dried
fruit and nuts to college with me as a snack, and I eat fruit or yoghurt in the afternoon instead of biscuits
or cake. The next time I see you, I promise to cook you something healthy.
Look forward to hearing from you soon!
Best wishes,
Luke
Choose True or False.
1. Luke did not follow a healthy diet last year.
o True
o False
2. He wants to join a gym soon.
o True
o False
3. He tried an exercise class last week.
o True
o False
4. He wants to go to the gym once a week.
o True
o False
5. He walks to the library.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 154
o True
o False
6. He doesn’t eat biscuits or cake in the afternoons.
o True
o False

Exercise 4: Read an essay about young people’s lifestyles. Choose True, False or Not Given.

How healthy are young people’s lifestyles today? What can they do to be healthier?
Today, many young people have busy lives at school and at home. Most teenagers today spend less time
doing sports and activities outside, and eat more unhealthy food than they did in the past. Some people
today are worried that young people do not have healthy lifestyles. In this essay, I will explain two
problems with young people’s lifestyles today and suggest some ways to improve their health.
The first problem with young people’s lifestyles is that they spend a lot of time indoors. In the past, young
people spent more time outside, doing activities such as riding bicycles and playing sports. Today,
however, many young people have to do a lot more work at school and homework at home. Furthermore,
young people now prefer to spend their free time watching television or sitting in front of their computer
screens. This means that they get less exercise, and spend less time outside. I think this is a problem,
because exercise is good for both the body and the mind. Young people will not only feel healthier if they
do regular exercise, they will also feel happier and more relaxed. Therefore, I think that young people
should have the chance to do a variety of different kinds of exercise at school and in their free time.
The second problem is that many young people eat less healthy food than they did in the past. Instead of
eating healthy food cooked at home, many teenagers now prefer to eat fast food, such as burgers, kebabs
and pizzas. Also, fizzy drinks with lots of sugar, such as cola, have become very popular and many young
people have these drinks instead of drinking water. This is a problem because if people have bad eating
habits when they are young, they are more likely to eat unhealthy food as adults. In my opinion, parents
need to make sure that their children don’t eat fast food or drink fizzy drinks with lots of sugar too often
and also need to teach them how to cook healthy meals. They should also make sure their children eat
plenty of fresh fruit and vegetables, and that they don’t eat too much sugar and salt.
In conclusion, young people today do less exercise and eat less healthy food than their parents did in the
past. This is a problem because if teenagers develop unhealthy habits when they are young, they will find
it difficult to stop the bad habits when they are adults. I think that it is important for young people and
their parents to make sure that they eat healthy food and do enough exercise.

1. Most young people get more exercise today than they did in the past.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 155
o True
o False
o Not Given
2. Young people don’t go outside as much as they did in the past.
o True
o False
o Not Given
3. Young people now have to do more tests at school than they did in the past.
o True
o False
o Not Given
4. In the past, children ate more food cooked at home.
o True
o False
o Not Given
5. Cola is the most popular soft drink in the world.
o True
o False
o Not Given
6. It is easy for adults to give up unhealthy eating habits.
o True
o False
o Not Given
7. The writer thinks that children should learn how to cook healthy food.
o True
o False
o Not Given
8. The writer thinks adults should take their children shopping for healthy food.
o True
o False
o Not Given

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 156
Exercise 5: Put the words in the correct order to complete the sentences.

Schools to be healthy their students need to teach


1. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ _________ .

Water should I drink think people more young


2. _______ ________ __________ _____ ______ _________ _________ ______ .

To cook it's to teach important people young


3. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ .

Bus walk taking school the students should instead of to


4. _______ ________ __________ ______ ______ ________ ______ _________ .

Should twice a students exercise in my opinion, week


5. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ _________.

Young spend people outside need to more time that many


people think
6. _____ ________ ________ ______ ______ _________ _______ _________ .

Time for preparing tests a lot spend of these days, students


7. _____ ______ ______ _______ ______ _______ ______ ______ _______ .

For regularly to important it's young exercise people


8. _______ ______ ______ _________ _________ ______ _________ _____ .

Exercise 6: Match the sentence halves.

more exercise. drink so many fizzy drinks. need to keep fit. following a healthy diet.
to music to relax. stop eating so many sweet things. to walk than drive.
for a walk every day.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 157
1. They should

2. Young people should do

3. We shouldn’t

4. He shouldn’t stop

5. I think it’s better

6. You could listen

7. In my opinion, we

8. I try to go

Exercise 7: Read a paragraph from an essay. Choose the correct answers to complete the sentences.

Many young people eat less healthy food than they did in the past. Firstly/However , a lot of teenagers now
prefer to eat fast food, instead of/such as burgers, kebabs and pizzas. For example/secondly , fizzy drinks,
like cola have become very popular and many young people are having these drinks instead of/such as water.
Also/However , some parents are trying to change the bad habits of their children. For example/In my
opinion they are trying to stop their children from eating fast food or drinking fizzy drinks too often.
Also/Finally , some parents are teaching their children how to cook healthy meals. Also/In my opinion ,
changing children’s eating habits is not easy, but it is important for their future health.

Exercise 8: Put the sentences in the correct order to complete the paragraph.

Firstly, if you have to make a short journey by bus or car every day, you could try walking or cycling
instead.
For example, if you play a game of volleyball once a week or go for a run together, you will improve your
health, and make new friends.
For example, you could walk up the stairs instead of taking the lift, and make sure that you go for a walk
during your breaks.
Secondly, you can be more active while you are at work or college.
However, there are many ways that we can keep fit for free and without taking time out of our busy days.
This may take a little bit longer, but you will feel healthier and you will have more energy if you do this
every day.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 158
Many people today say that they don’t have time to exercise, because they are too busy with work, college
or school.
Finally, you could try a new sport with your colleagues or classmates.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Exercise 9: Write an essay on the following topic: What should schools do to make their students
healthier? Use the notes to help you.

Notes
In your paragraph, remember to include:
1. an introduction to say what the essay is about.
2. a paragraph that describes children’s health in schools now.
3. a paragraph that describes things schools should do to make children healthier.
4. a conclusion and your own opinion.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 159
READING – WRITING
LESSON 9

HOMEWORK

GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY

Exercise 1: Match the words with the pictures. Use the words in the box.

Bike boat bus coach metro motorbike taxi train tram

1.

2.

3.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 160
4.

5.

6.

7.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 161
8.

9.

Exercise 2: Complete the sentences. Use the verbs in the box.

Catch fly get gets go leaves

1. My train _____________ at 07:40.


2. I usually _____________ with British Airways.
3. I often ______________ off the tram near the station.
4. I always _______________ by bike in good weather.
5. He ______________ on the bus at this stop.
6. I often ______________ the seven o’clock bus.

Exercise 3: Put the words in the correct order to complete the sentences.
Isn't long his journey to university very
1. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ ____________

Ten minutes to to walk it her takes work for


2. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ ____________
__________ __________ __________

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 162
Go to university on the always underground they
3. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ __________

Takes bus get there about to the an hour


4. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ __________
__________ __________ __________

Goes to he by college bike


5. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________

To work on most she drives days


6. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ ____________

Taxi school by to they get


7. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ ____________

Usually catches he 8:30 the train at


8. __________ ___________ ___________ ____________ _____________ ____________

Exercise 4: Match the answers with the questions.

I often walk and sometimes go on my bike. No, I don’t. I haven’t got a car.
No, only about 15 minutes. Only three. Yes, it’s cheap and there’s a stop outside my house.
Yes, the railway station is only five minutes away.
1. Does it take you long to get to school? ___________________________________
2. Do you drive to work? ___________________________________
3. How do you go to university? ___________________________________
4. Do you go to work by train? ___________________________________
5. How many stops is it on the underground? ___________________________________
6. Do you often travel by bus? ___________________________________

Exercise 5: Change the underlined verbs to the correct form of the past simple.

1. I always travel by taxi in New York.


2. My journey to work is quite short.
3. I go to school by bike.
4. He drives to the office.
5. We don’t arrive early.
6. Their journey by coach takes an hour.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 163
7. We don’t fly from Manchester airport.
8. She catches the train at six o’clock.

Exercise 6: Complete the paragraph with the correct form of the present simple. Use the verbs in the
box.

am are book buy go has have is live need use

Hello, my name is Gina Timm. I (1)____________ 23 years old and a student of English and German. I
(2)________________ in a small village about five miles from a big town in north Germany. There
(3)____________ lots of ways for me to get to town from my home. The town (4)________________
excellent tram, train and bus services, and I (5)____________ a cheap monthly ticket for people under 26
years old. There (6)____________ also another special service called ‘taxi buses’. We (7)_______________
a timetable for taxi buses, but it is important to phone half an hour before the departure time to
(8)______________ a seat. You only (9)_________________ an ordinary bus ticket for a journey with a
taxi bus, so it is not expensive. Actually, I don’t (10)________________ public transport very often except
when the weather is bad. I usually (11) _________________ to university by bike. In my town, cycling is
the most popular type of transport with students.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 164
READING – WRITING

LESSON 10

I. LEAD-IN

1. Complete the collocations with the correct verb, A, B or C.

1. ………… a conversation 1.1. TIP


A. speak B. do C. hold A collocation is a word or a
2. ………… an advantage phrase that sounds natural and
A. make B. have C. do correct when it is used with
3. ………… your skills another word or phrase.
A. have B. get C. practise Collocations are not part of
4. ………… an effort grammar but they make use of
A. make B. give C. take grammar. We prefer to say:
5. ………… some work Before my holiday, I'm going to
A. practice B. do C. hold have extra English lessons.
6. ………… fun (NOT: take extra English
A. get B. begin C. have lessons.)
7. ………… a language Can you take care of your
A. get B. hold C. speak brother this afternoon? (NOT:
8. ………… someone’s advice have care)
A. do B. take C. speak I'm going to have a cup of tea.
9. ………… time (to do something) (NOT: take a cup of tea.)
A. have B. practise C. do
10. ………… progress
A. do B. make C. have

II. READING

2. You are going to read an article about a teenager who has a special skill. Skim the article once
quickly and answer the questions.
1. Who is Richard Doner?
2. What is special about him?

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 165
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 166
3.1. TIP
3. Read the first three paragraphs again and underline the correct words Most paragraphs have
to summarise the main ideas. one main idea. This
helps the reader to
1. Richard Doner is very special because he can speak more / less / most
understand what the
languages than more / most of / most people.
writer wants to say.
2. Richard is very lucky as he has many / any / lots of opportunities to
When you read a
practise his language skills.
paragraph, it is always a
3. Richard practises speaking each language all the time / regularly / every
good idea to think about
day to improve.
what the main idea is,
and try to summarise it
in fewer words.

4. Now, read paragraphs 4, 5, 6 in Exercise 2 again and summarise the main ideas in one sentence.

1. …………………………………………………………………………….

2. …………………………………………………………………………….

3. …………………………………………………………………………….

5. Read paragraph 2 from the article in Exercise 2 again.


Richard lives in New York. It is a city where there are people from hundreds of different countries. There
are around 180 languages spoken in New York schools. This is why Richard believes that New York is the
perfect city for him. “I can discuss many different topics with people from all over the world and I don't
even need to travel to another country,” says Richard.

6. Read some sentences about the article in Exercise 2. Then, complete the sentences using NO MORE
THAN THREE words.
1. In New York City, you can find people from a large number of …………………… 6.1. TIP
(Paragraph 1) In some exam
Question sentence: questions, you
In New York City, you can find people from a large number of …………………… will be asked to
Article sentence: complete a
It is a city where there are people from hundreds of different countries. sentence using no
Answer: different countries more than three
2. If Richard wants to talk with people from different countries, it isn't necessary to words. You need
travel ……………………. (Paragraph 2) to paraphrase the
3. To remember languages, Richard makes sure his brain does …………………… original sentence
(Paragraph 3) from the article
and write only

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 167
4. If you know a language, you can start to understand about the people the set number of
and ……………………. (Paragraph 4) words.
5. Swahili is a popular language in ……………………. (Paragraph 5) Remember you
6. When he learns a language, it is absolutely necessary for Richard will lose marks
to ……………………. (Paragraph 6) for writing more
than the specified
number of words.

III. WRITING

7. In pairs or small groups, discuss the questions.


1. What type of information do you find in a dictionary?
2. Do you prefer to use a paper dictionary or a dictionary on the Internet? Why?

8. In your pairs or groups, read the essay question. Then, make notes about how you could answer the
question.
What are the advantages and disadvantages of using an online dictionary in a language class?
Example: It is easy and quick to look up a word that you don't know.

9. Read the names of four parts of an essay. Organise the parts in the correct order.
A. Paragraph (disadvantages)
B. Conclusion
C. Introduction
D. Paragraph (advantages)

10. Read a student's essay answering the question in Exercise 8. Don't worry about the gaps for now.

Many students use an online dictionary to help them learn a language when they study in class. In this essay,
I 1. ……………………. discuss the advantages and disadvantages of this.
Firstly, if a student doesn't 2. ……………………. the meaning of a word or phrase, they can find it quickly
and easily with an online dictionary. The teacher can continue with the class and doesn't need to stop and
answer questions all the time.
Furthermore, a paper dictionary is sometimes too heavy and students don't like to carry one in their bags.
On the other hand, when a student is not very confident, or if they are afraid of 3. ……………………. a
mistake, they might start to use their dictionary in the wrong way. If they stop to 4. …………………….
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 168
every word or phrase they do not know, they won't 5. ……………………. their language skills enough and
they won't improve.
Additionally, it is very difficult for a teacher to check that the students are 6. ……………………. their
computers to look 7. ……………………. a word and not just playing online games. If they do not focus on
the class, they won't 8. ……………………. any progress.
To sum up, an online dictionary is often useful for students. However, in my opinion, students should only
go online when the teacher says to do so. If not, they won't learn for themselves.

11. Read the student's essay again in Exercise 24 and choose the best answer, A, B or C.
1. A. am going B. going to C. am going to
2. A. see B. know C. think
3. A. having B. doing C. making
4. A. look B. see C. check
5. A. practise B. try C. speak
6. A. using B. use C. used
7. A. up B. at C. to
8. A. do B. make C. have

12. Now, look at the words in bold in the essay that the student uses to organise ideas. Complete the
table using the words or phrases in bold.

In the essay, decide which words or phrases introduce:

The main idea of a paragraph at the start of the 1. …………………………………………………...

essay ……………………………………………………...

Extra information about an idea 2. …………………………………………………...

3. …………………………………………………...

A new, different idea 4. …………………………………………………...

5. …………………………………………………...

The conclusion 6. …………………………………………………...

13. Use the information from this unit to write an essay about a topic. The topic of your essay is:

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 169
What are the advantages and disadvantages of taking English lessons with classmates from the same
country?

In your essay, you should include:


• a clear introduction and conclusion, and main paragraphs discussing the topic.
• words and phrases to organise ideas.
• advantages and disadvantages.
You should write 220-250 words.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Model Answer:
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 170
Many students are interested in learning English. Some students can go to English speaking countries and
learn with other students from all over the world. Most students though study in their own country and have
to learn with people who have the same first language as they do. I would like to discuss the advantages and
disadvantages of this.

Firstly, if a student doesn't know the meaning of a word or understand the teacher they can ask one of their
classmates for help. Secondly, the teacher will understand what problems the class has with learning English
and be able to help them with the things that they find most difficult.

On the other hand, if a student is shy or just lazy they can speak their own language in the lesson all of the
time and not communicate in English. If they ask their friends for help too often, they won't improve their
skills.

To sum up, it can be helpful for students if they can get help from friends who speak the same language as
they do. If the whole class speaks the same first language, he or she can help them with difficult grammar
and vocabulary. However, if a student is in a class where everybody has the same first language they have to
be very motivated to be successful.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 171
READING – WRITING
LESSON 10

HOMEWORK

READING AND WRITING

Exercise 1: Read the leaflet about a language school for children. Then complete the exercise.

Would you like your son or daughter to speak another language? At Languages for Kids we offer classes
on Saturday mornings in French and Spanish, and in Chinese and Japanese on Saturday afternoons. The
classes are taught by qualified teachers who are first language speakers. The lessons are fun and enjoyable
for children. There are no grammar exercises, but there are a lot of chances for children to speak the
language. They play games, sing songs and even try food from the country of the language they are
learning.
We have classes for children between the ages of 4 and 11. The morning classes start at 10:00 a.m. and
finish at 1:00 p.m., and the afternoon classes start at 1:00 p.m. and finish at 5:00 p.m. Every week the
children will do some homework to help them to practise the language they are learning. It is not difficult
and it will not take more than half an hour. At the end of the year, we will write a report for each child to
let you know how much they have improved in their language. If you would like to find out more
information, please go to our website.

Choose True, False or Not Given.


1. The language classes take place at the weekend.
o True
o False
o Not Given
2. There are Spanish classes in the afternoons.
o True
o False
o Not Given
3. The children study a lot of grammar in the language classes.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 172
o True
o False
o Not Given
4. The children often play games outside.
o True
o False
o Not Given
5. Some classes finish at 1:00 p.m.
o True
o False
o Not Given
6. The children have to do homework every week.
o True
o False
o Not Given
7. The classes are too difficult for some children.
o True
o False
o Not Given
8. Parents can find out more about the classes online.
o True
o False
o Not Given

Exercise 2: Read an advertisement for a language exchange partner. Then complete the exercise.

Wanted: Italian language exchange partner!


Hello, my name is John Armstrong. I am a second-year student studying Law and Italian here in London.
Next year, I am going to study at university in Rome for one year. I am looking for an Italian student who
would like to meet me for a language exchange to help me improve my Italian. I have been to Italy many
times with my family on holiday, so I know quite a lot of Italian, but I would like to practise speaking
with an Italian person. Also, I think that I am going to make a lot of mistakes in Italian when I study
abroad, so I would like somebody to help me to study Italian grammar. I am also not good at writing in
Italian, so I would like somebody to look at my essays.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 173
At the moment I take Italian classes on Thursday evenings. I am going to download an app for learning
Italian, but I think that I need some more help. I am free on Monday or Wednesday afternoons. We could
either meet at my house, or in the café next to the library. If you would like to meet me, please send me an
email.
Thank you,
John

Write one word from the text in each gap. Read the advertisement on the first screen again to help
you.
1. John is now studying in ___________ .
2. John is going to spend a year at university in __________ .
3. He wants to meet someone to practice ___________ in Italian with.
4. He thinks that he is going to make a lot of mistakes with Italian ____________ .
5. He wants somebody to help him to write better ___________ .
6. He is taking classes and is going to use an ____________ to help him study Italian.
7. He can meet his language exchange partner in the ___________ on Monday or Wednesday.
8. He wants to meet his language exchange partner at a ____________ or at his house.

Exercise 3: Read a review of a new app for learning a language. Then complete the exercise.

Language Master is the latest mobile phone app to help you learn a new language. When you download
the app, you can learn new words in the language, do quizzes, play games and translate words. Language
Master is available in 20 different languages, and 30 countries. I am studying French at school, and have
an important exam at the end of this term, so I decided to try Language Master for one month to see if it
would help me to improve my French.
I found the app very useful for learning about grammar rules. The quizzes helped me to use grammar
correctly, and if I made a mistake, it told me why it was wrong and what I needed to do to correct it. I also
learnt a lot of new words in French. The games were very good for practising new vocabulary, and they
stopped me from getting bored.
The app was very easy to use, and I enjoyed using my phone to practise French. I used it a lot on the bus
on my way home, and in the library at school. It was much better than studying with a book, because I
didn’t need to take a lot of books to school every day. The only bad thing about the app is that it is quite
expensive. It costs £7.00, which might be difficult for some people to spend. However, I think that it is a
very useful way to learn languages, and I have told my friends to download it.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 174
Laura, 16, London
Complete the summary with the correct answers. Read the review on the first screen again to help you.
The Language Master app
1. A mobile phone app to help people learn a game/language/quiz .
2. Available in 2/20/30 different languages.
3. Can be used to get bored/practice vocabulary/stop mistakes , do quizzes and play games.
4. Advantages: Good for learning practice/quizzes/rules for grammar. Don’t have to carry a lot of
apps/books/bus tickets .
5. Disadvantages: It’s difficult/expensive/slow to download – costs £7.00.

Exercise 4: Read the article about learning languages. Choose the correct answers.

Today, there are so many ways to learn a new language. People can take language courses at school or
college, in the evenings, in another country, online, or even using apps on their phone. However, many
adults still find it difficult and so there are advantages to learning a new language as a young child.
Young children learn new languages faster than teenagers and adults. This is because they haven’t spoken
their first language for a very long time, so their brains are still ‘ready’ to learn languages. If children hear
people speaking another language, they will quickly learn how to speak it. Of course, the best way for
children to learn a new language is to move to a country where people speak the language. If this is not
possible, parents could send their children to a school that teaches some lessons in another language.
Younger children may also enjoy watching cartoons or reading storybooks with pictures. This will help
them to learn new words.
Teenagers can learn new languages easily if they are interested in the language and the country where it is
from. However, not all teenagers enjoy learning languages at school, so it is important that they learn
languages in interesting ways. For example, they might enjoy watching films and television programmes,
or reading books and magazines. A new way to learn languages is through mobile phone apps, which
teenagers often enjoy, especially if they have a lot of games. Also, having a pen friend helps teenagers to
improve their writing, and going on a language exchange with their school helps them to improve their
speaking.
In conclusion, children, teenagers and adults learn languages differently, so they need different ways to
practise. It’s a good thing for people to learn to speak another language when they are young. It can help
them to get better grades at school and it can be useful when they visit another country. However, the
most important advantage is that it is easier to learn a language as a child than it is as an adult.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 175
1. The essay talks about the apps/courses/ways that people learn languages.
2. Adults/Children/Teenagers learn new languages more quickly than other people.
3. For children to learn a language, the best thing is go online/to school/to the country .
4. Cartoons and books will help children to learn new pictures/stories/words .
5. Some teenagers need easy/interesting/new ways to learn languages.
6. One way for teenagers to help their writing in a new language is to download apps/have a
penfriend/read magazines .
7. Younger and older people don’t learn languages in different/fun/ the same ways.
8. It is an advantage/easier/more difficult to learn a new language as an adult than as a child.

Exercise 5: Put the words in the correct order to complete the sentences.

Are many learning to advantages a new language there


1. ____ ________ _______ _________ _________ _________ _________ _____ .

I Maria had called Spanish a penfriend


2. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ _________ .

Learning in French primary school I started


3. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ .

Study download going to an to I'm French app


4. _______ ______ ______ _______ _________ _______ _________ _________ .

I'm a exchange meet going to partner language


5. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _________ _________.

Study is in the USA English sister going to my


6. _______ ________ ______ ______ _________ _________ ______ _____ .

Important it's practice day to speaking every


7. _______ ________ __________ _________ _________ _______ _________ .

Learn I'm every words three new day going to


8. _______ ________ __________ _______ _______ _________ ______ ______ .

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 176
Exercise 6: Look at the advertisement for a language exchange partner. Choose the correct verbs.

My name is John Armstrong. I am a second-year student studying Law and Italian here in London. Next
year I am going to study at university in Rome for one year. I am looking for an Italian student who would
like to learn/meet/teach me for a language exchange to help me improve/learn/make my Italian. I have been
to Italy many times with my family on holiday, so I know quite a lot of Italian, but I would like to
do/practice/take speaking with an Italian person. Also, I think that I am going to do/make/take a lot of
mistakes in Italian when I study abroad, so I would like somebody to help me to speak/study/take Italian
grammar. I am also not good at writing in Italian, so I would like somebody to look/take/write at my essays.
At the moment I make/speak/take Italian classes on Thursday evenings. I am also going to
download/study/take an app for learning Italian, but I think that I need some more help. I am free on
Monday or Wednesday afternoons. We could either meet at my house, or in the café next to the library.

Exercise 7: Put the sentences in the correct order to make a paragraph.

It is a good idea for children to learn a language when they are very young for three reasons.
Finally, children who can speak two or more languages often have good communication skills and make
friends easily.
Firstly, young children can pick up new languages very easily.
For example, if they hear people speaking another language, they are quick to repeat the words that they
hear.
For example, people who learn a second language well, often find it easier to learn a third language.
Secondly, if children learn a second language when they are very young, they will find it easier to learn
other languages in the future.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 177
Exercise 8: Complete the text with the correct linking word or phrase from the box.

Firstly for example Furthermore However Secondly To sum up

There are many advantages of learning a new language. (1)___________ , it is useful to speak another
language if you enjoy travelling to other countries. If you can speak the language of that country, it will be
easier for you to do simple tasks. (2)___________ , you can ask for directions, order food and go shopping.
(3)_____________ , you may not always understand what people are saying to you. (4)_____________ ,
speaking another language could help you to get a job in the future. There are many international
companies which want to hire staff who can speak different languages. (5)__________________ , if you
speak another language, you may have the chance to travel to other countries for your work, or even to move
to a different country. (5)_____________ , learning another language can help you to have fun when you
are travelling and to get a good job in the future.

Exercise 9: Write an essay about the advantages of learning English. Include your own experience and
your future plans for learning English.

Notes
Remember to include:
1. an introduction.
2. a paragraph about the advantages of learning English.
3. a paragraph about your past experience of learning English.
4. a conclusion including how you are going to learn English in the future.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 178
READING – WRITING
LESSON 10

HOMEWORK

GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY

Exercise 1: Match the words with the pictures. Use the words in the box.

camp in the desert climb a mountain go surfing go to China ride a horse


sail a boat swim in the sea visit New York

1.

2.

3.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 179
4.

5.

6.

7.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 180
8.

Exercise 2: Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.


1. I’ve been/gone/visited New York several times.
2. He’s driven/sailed/visited a boat to Canada.
3. We’ve climbed/run/walked a high mountain.
4. They’ve been/stayed/visited to China.
5. She’s bought/caught/paid a lot of souvenirs.
6. I haven’t driven/ridden/walked a horse.
7. He’s never camped/sailed/swum in the desert.
8. I’ve often brought/caught/flown from Manchester Airport.
9. She’s been/flown/sailed surfing in Hawaii.

Exercise 3: Complete the negative sentences in the present perfect.

Positive Negative
1. I’ve camped in the desert. I _________ camped in the desert.
2. He’s climbed Mount Everest He ________ climbed Mount Everest.
3. They’ve flown to Paris. They ___________ flown to Paris.
4. She’s been to Abu Dhabi. She ___________ been to Abu Dhabi.
5. We’ve eaten insects in Thailand. We __________ eaten insects in Thailand.
6. I’ve ridden a wild horse. I ___________ ridden a wild horse.

Exercise 4: Complete the sentences with the correct answers. Use the words in the box.
Ate been did didn't eaten have haven't ridden ride went

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 181
Infinitive Present perfect Past simple
Visit David, __________ you
Sarah, ____________ you visit
visited many big cities in
Glasgow last year?
Europe?
Go She’s _________ to Mexico
He ___________ to London In June.
many times.
Ride Did she ____________ her bike to
Has he ever ___________ his
college this morning?
bike in the mountains?

See We ___________ seen He __________ see any tennis last


Buckingham Palace yet. week, because it rained.
eat They’ve never _____________ On Monday evening, we __________
meat in a French restaurant.

Exercise 5: Match the answers with the questions.

Yes, I ate some when I was in Thailand.


Yes, I drove on that side of the road when I was in England.
Yes, I flew from there last month.
Yes, I saw it on my trip to the US.
Yes, I went there last year.
Yes, I wrote her one yesterday.

1. Have you ever been to the USA? __________________________________


2. Have you ever seen the White House? __________________________________
3. Have you ever flown from Berlin? __________________________________
4. Have you written an email to your sister about your trip? ____________________________
5. Have you ever driven on the left? __________________________________
6. Have you ever eaten any insects? __________________________________

Exercise 6: Read an email about a visit to New York. Choose True or False.

Hi, Max!
We arrived safely last week. Our hotel is in the centre of the city, near most of the tourist sites. On our
first day, we went on a trip round the city on a tourist bus. It was fantastic! We’ve already been to Central
Park and taken a boat trip on the river. We’ve also visited the Statue of Liberty. This morning, we went to
the zoo in Central Park. It’s quite small and doesn’t have many big animals. There are no lions, tigers or
elephants, but it’s really beautiful and has really good views of Manhattan.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 182
Have you ever been to New York? Have you read anything about the history of the city? Have you heard
about other interesting places to visit in New York?
I’ll write again before we leave.
Sara
1. Sara has just arrived in New York.
o True
o False
2. Her hotel is not very close to the main tourist sites.
o True
o False
3. Sara hasn’t visited the Statue of Liberty yet.
o True
o False
4. She has been to the zoo in Central Park.
o True
o False
5. The zoo doesn’t have any lions and tigers.
o True
o False
6. There isn’t a good view of Manhattan from the zoo.
o True
o False
7. Sara wants to know if Max has been to New York.
o True
o False
8. Sara asks Max if he’s heard about any good places to eat.
o True
o False

Exercise 7: Read the email. Choose the correct endings for the sentences.

Hi, Sara!
I’ve just gone online and read your email. Thanks! It was good to hear from you. Your first holiday in
New York sounds fantastic. As you know, I’ve been to America several times, but I’ve never visited New
York City. I’ve usually spent time further north in some towns on a big river near Canada. I’ve also sailed
in a small boat across one of the Great Lakes into Canada. That was really exciting.
I’ve seen TV programmes about Central Park, but I didn’t know there was a zoo in the park. I’ve also
seen lots of photos of the Statue of Liberty and I’ve read a lot about its history as well. I think it was a
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 183
present to the American people from France. Am I right?
Have you eaten many American beef burgers yet and have you drunk any real cola? I think they are both
so much better than what we can buy here. Or am I dreaming?
Bye for now,
Max

1. Max read Sara’s email


o a long time ago.
o in the last few minutes.
o yesterday.
2. He has visited the US
o never.
o once.
o three or four times.
3. He’s often visited
o New York City.
o some towns in Canada.
o some towns near Canada.
4. He’s sailed
o in a small boat
o on the sea.
o on a river.
5. He’s seen TV programmes about
o the Statue of Liberty.
o Central Park.
o the zoo.
6. He’s studied the history of
o France.
o the Statue of Liberty.
o American food and drink.

Exercise 8: Put the words in the correct order to complete the sentences.

Week was but we safely last the delayed flight arrived


1. _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________
_________

A tourist bus went for yesterday we a trip around the city on

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 184
2. _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________

Already been we've places many to so interesting


3. _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________

Trip this went morning we river along boat the on a


4. _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________
_________ _________

Been to ever have china you


5. _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ ?

Or geography you have about country read of the history the


6. _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________
_________ _________ ?

I've but never visited to England I've several times, Bristol been
7. _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________
_________

She ever hasn't fish eaten and chips


8. _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________

Have real any fruit juice they drunk ever


9. _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ ?

Exercise 9: Read the email about a holiday. Choose the correct answers.
Hi!
We’ve arrive/arrived/arriving safely in Paris, but our flight been/has/was delayed for three hours and we
didn’t reach/reached/reaching our hotel until late in the evening. The hotel is in the centre of the city, near
the Eiffel Tower. Yesterday, we go/have been/went on a bus tour round the city and we have
visited/visited/visiting most of the main tourist sites. This morning, we gone/have been/went to one of the
big museums and after that I had/have had/having fish in a cream sauce in a nice restaurant. It has
been/was/were fantastic! Oh, I forgot. All the shops we saw/see/seen has been/was/were full of interesting
souvenirs, but I haven’t bought/buy/buying anything yet.
Have you ever been/go/went to Paris or somewhere else interesting? Please tell me about it! I’m sure
you’ve saw/see/seen lots of pictures of the Eiffel Tower. Have you ever ate/eat /eaten fish in a cream sauce?
If not, you must try it.
See you soon.
Moto

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 185
READING – WRITING

LESSON 11

I. LEAD-IN

1. Read the sentences and underline the correct spellings.


1. My computer crushed / crashed / crashed and I lost my homework. 1.1. TIP
2. You need to shout down / shot down / shut down your laptop when you finish using It is important
it. that you spell
3. There are some excellent wepsites / websites / websides that can help you to study. words correctly
4. I own three devices / advices / divises - a smartphone, a laptop and a tablet. in exams,
5. The computers at school are all connected to the same netwalk / netwok / network. otherwise you
will lose marks.

2. Complete the sentences using the correct words in the box.


attachments backup download store stream

1. If you don't know who sent you the email, then it isn't a good idea to open the ……………
2. I often …………… music from the internet.
3. You can …………… films online a few months after they are released at the cinema.
4. You should create a …………… of your files, so you don't lose them.
5. The cloud is the name for the place on the internet where you can …………… your files.

II. READING

3. You are going to read an article about the internet. Skim the article once quickly. What is the best
title for the article, A, B or C.
A. New developments on the internet
B. How people communicate on the internet
C. Why people use the internet

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 186
In some exam questions,
4. Read the article again in Exercise 3. Then, look at the information from you will need to complete
the article and complete the paraphrased sentences using ONE to THREE a sentence using one to
words. three words. The sentence
you need to complete
Example:
rewrites the information
0. Paragraph 1: It takes information and sends it from one computer to
from the text in different
another. It is not a difficult job, but it is a very big one.
words. This is called
Sending information from one computer to another is an easy job.
paraphrasing. Paraphrasing
1. Paragraph 1: There are hundreds of millions of computers connected to
is reading something,
the internet at the same time. However, they don't all do the same thing.
thinking about its
All the computers connected to the internet are doing ……….. at the same
time. meanings and putting it in
your own words.
2. Paragraph 2: The second is a mail server for sending and receiving emails.
You can send and receive emails …………….. server.
3. Paragraph 3: A client is a computer that gets information from a server 4.1. TIP
and delivers it to another computer. Paraphrasing is important
The client …………….. from one computer to another using a server. as you will need to
4. Paragraph 3: When you go online on your smartphone, you are using it as understand it in Reading,
a client. Listening, Speaking and
Your smartphone becomes the client when you use it …………….. Writing exams.
5. Paragraph 4: When that person sees this photo, your smartphone is
working as the server. It stores the photo and the other person’s device is the 4.2. MINI TIP
client, which searches for your information. The opposite of difficult is
easy. The sentences use
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 187
The client finds the photo by …………….. from the server, which stores it. different words but they
mean the same.

4.3. MINI TIP


What is the opposite of the
“same”?

III. WRITING

5. Read part of a student’s end-of-year school report. Do you think he will be happy with it?

6.1. TIP
6. Look again at the school report. Michael’s teacher has used different words to The vocabulary in
describe changes. Complete the information in the chart using the words in the blue and red is
school report. useful when you
want to describe
changes,
Verb (infinitive) Verb (past) Noun
especially when
1. ……………………. 2. ……………………. a rise numbers get
3. ……………………. increased 4. ……………………. bigger or smaller.
Use a dictionary
5. ……………………. went up -
to check words
6. ……………………. fell 7. ……………………. you are unsure
8. ……………………. 9. ……………………. a decrease about.
to go down 10. ……………………. -

7. Draw a line on the axis below to show the percentage (%) increase of the population with a
smartphone between 2010 and 2025.

Year % of population with smartphones

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 188
2010 38
2015 62
2020 78
2025 86

8. Now, read the short description and choose the correct answer, A, B or C.

The percentage of people with smartphones 0. …A… 1 38% in 2010 2. …………………. 62% in
2015. In the future, this 3. …………………. will 4. ………………….. At the end of the period in 2025, this
percentage will 5. …………………. on 86%.
0. A. increased B. increase C. increasing Answer: A
1. A. at B. from C. to
2. A. to B. by C. at
3. A. rised B. rose C. rise

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 189
4. A. to continue B. continue C. continuing
5. A. finish B. finishing C. be finish

9. Look at the line graph and use the language in Exercise 7 to describe the way each line in the graph
changes.

1. Smartphone: ………………….………………….
2. Laptop: ………………….………………….
3. Smart watch: ………………….………………….
4. Tablet: ………………….………………….

10. In pairs, compare your answers to Exercise 9.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 190
READING – WRITING
LESSON 11

HOMEWORK

READING AND WRITING

Exercise 1: Read an email from Mustafa to his friend, Tom. Then choose True, False or Not Given

Hi Tom,
I hope you’re well. I’m writing this email on my new tablet. I ordered it online last Friday and it arrived
on Wednesday. I’m very happy with it. I can use it to surf the internet and send emails from anywhere. I
can also watch videos and play games on it. I use it to watch videos when I travel to and from college on
the bus, and I play games online with my friends every night.
It is not only good for entertainment, though. I also use it to help me with my homework. The online
dictionary helps me when I’m writing essays, and I have downloaded some useful apps to help me to
study better. I have even downloaded an app to help me study French. It includes games for learning new
words in French, which I think will really help me, as I have a French exam next month. After that I think
I might download the app to learn Spanish.
My favourite thing about my new tablet is that I can make video calls to my friends and family. Last night
I talked to my cousins in Dubai for one hour. It is so much better than talking on the phone, because I can
see them and their house. Maybe I can make a video call to you one day this week.
Look forward to seeing you soon.
Best wishes,
Mustafa
1. Mustafa got his new tablet computer last Friday.
o True
o False
o Not Given
2. He watches videos with his friends every night.
o True
o False
o Not Given
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 191
3. He only uses his tablet for entertainment.
o True
o False
o Not Given
4. At the moment, he is using an app to help him learn French.
o True
o False
o Not Given
5. The apps Mustafa downloads cost a lot of money.
o True
o False
o Not Given
6. Mustafa talked on the phone to his cousins for an hour last night.
o True
o False
o Not Given
7. Mustafa wants to have a video call with Tom.
o True
o False
o Not Given

Exercise 2: Read the text and complete the summary. Use one word or a number from the text in each
gap.

A new study has found that young people are reading less than they did in the past. The study asked
young people to say how long they spend doing different activities, such as reading books, watching
television, playing computer games and surfing the internet. Of these activities, playing computer games
and surfing the internet were the most popular. In contrast, the number of young people who said they like
to read books fell by nearly 50% between 2007 and 2017.
Some people are worried about the results of this study. They think that if young people do not read books
often, they will not be able to learn good reading and writing skills. However, other people think that
young people can use the internet to find out new information on websites. They think that the internet
can help them to improve their reading skills, and to teach themselves new information.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 192
Summary
The study found that young people are not (1) ___________ as much as they did before. They prefer to
spend time on other (2)_____________ , such as surfing the internet. In fact, the number of young people
who said they enjoy reading books fell by almost (3)_____________ percent between 2007 and 2017. Some
people worry that young people will not be good at (4)____________ and (5)_______________ in the
future. However, others think that they can (6)___________ out new information from reading things on
(7)__________ .

Exercise 3: Read a review of a new mobile phone. Then choose the correct answers to complete the
sentences

The new Dragon 5 smartphone is going to be in the shops next week. It’s already for sale online. It is
much bigger than the Dragon 4. It has a 15cm screen, so it better for surfing the internet and watching
videos than the Dragon 4. It is made of metal and plastic, and the screen is made of extra strong glass, so
it will not break easily. Furthermore, you can still buy the Dragon 5 in black or white, but it now comes in
three new colours – red, blue or pink. There are a lot of useful apps on the Dragon 5, including the same
games and maps as the Dragon 4 and some new apps including study tools. You can take great photos
with the new camera, and you can make video calls to your friends and family. There is a lot more space
to store photos, music and videos than there was on the Dragon 4. However, there are two possible
problems with the Dragon 5. Firstly, some people think that it is a bit too heavy but I don't think so.
Secondly, it is more expensive than the Dragon 4, but again I think the price will go down soon. To sum
up, the Dragon 5 is a great new phone which is going to be very popular. Make sure you buy one quickly
before they sell out!

1. You can buy a Dragon 5 Smartphone in shops now/online now/online from next week .
2. The Dragon 5 is bigger than/smaller than/the same size as the Dragon 4.
3. You can buy a Dragon 5 Smartphone in 2/3/5 different colours.
4. A new app for the Dragon 5 is games/maps/study tools .
5. The price of the Dragon 5 will go up/go down/stay the same .
6. In general, the writer thinks that the Dragon 5 is great/too heavy /too expensive .

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 193
Exercise 4: Read a report about how people keep in touch with their friends and family. Then match
the information to the correct paragraph.

A These days, just as in the past, it is important for people to stay in contact with each other. Nowadays,
however, more young people are travelling to other countries to go on holiday or to work or study and, of
course, they want to keep in contact with their friends and family. In this study, we spoke to three
different groups of people. The first group was aged 18–24, the second group was aged 25–39 and the
third group was aged 40–60. We asked the three age groups how they prefer to stay in contact with
people. We asked if they preferred to write letters, talk on the telephone, use email, send messages on
social networks or make video calls.
B The study showed that people in all three groups preferred to use the internet to stay in contact with
their friends and families. 70% of the 18–24 age group preferred to use text messages to contact their
friends and family, and 65% preferred to make video calls. Similarly, 68% of the 25–39 age group
preferred to send messages on social media and 62% preferred to send email. For the 40–60 age group,
72% preferred to send email, and 58% sent messages on social media. For many people the internet makes
keeping in contact much quicker and easier. It is also popular because it is even possible to see the person
you are talking to on a video call and to share photos and video files in just a few seconds.
C The study also showed that making telephone calls and writing letters were less popular with all age
groups. Only 32% of all of the people in the study preferred to make telephone calls and only 16%
preferred to write letters. There are several possible reasons why telephone calls and letters are less
popular today than they were in the past. Firstly, letters can take a long time to arrive, especially if you
send them from abroad. Many people want to communicate with their friends and family much more
quickly than this. Secondly, telephone calls can be expensive, especially if you make them to someone in
another country.
D In conclusion, the study showed that people of all ages prefer to use the internet or their smartphones to
keep in contact with their friends and families. Younger people prefer to send messages using social
networks, while older people prefer to use email. In contrast making telephone calls and writing letters are
now less popular for all age groups. In the future, it is likely that people will continue to keep in contact
with each other online.

1. Which paragraph gives a number for the least popular way to stay in contact?
o A

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 194
o B
o C
o D
2. Which paragraph gives reasons why the internet is popular with all ages?
o A
o B
o C
o D

3. Which paragraph sums up the main ideas in the study?


o A
o B
o C
o D
4. Which paragraph introduces the people in the study?
o A
o B
o C
o D
5. Which paragraph talks about the most popular way for the youngest age group to stay in contact?
o A
o B
o C
o D
6. Which paragraph talks about the different questions that the study asked people?
o A
o B
o C
o D
7. Which paragraph talks about how people will stay in contact in the future?
o A
o B
o C
o D

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 195
8. Which paragraph gives reasons why letters and phone calls are now less popular?
o A
o B
o C
o D

Exercise 5: Look at the chart below. Complete the sentences with the correct answers.

1. The number of teenagers who watched television fell/went up between 2000 and 2010.
2. There was a big decrease/big increase in the number of teenagers who used mobile phones for
entertainment between 2005 and 2010.
3. The number of teenagers who used computers for entertainment decreased/grew a little between
2010 and 2015.
4. There was a fall/rise in the number of teenagers who listened to the radio between 2000 and 2015.
5. In 2000, the most popular devices for entertainment were television and radio. However, these
numbers rose/went down between 2000 and 2015.
6. The use of mobile phones for entertainment by teenagers fell/went up a lot between 2000 and 2015.

Exercise 6: Read the description of the chart. Then complete the exercise.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 196
A This line chart shows the devices that teenagers used for entertainment between 2000 and 2015. It
shows the use of radio, television, computers, and mobile phones. From the chart, we can see that the
devices teenagers used for entertainment changed a lot between 2000 and 2015.

B In 2000, most teenagers used the television and the radio for entertainment. However, the number of
teenagers who watched television and listened to the radio fell between 2000 and 2015. In contrast, the
number of teenagers who used computers for entertainment increased a little between these years.

C The biggest change in teenagers’ entertainment was the use of mobile phones. In 2000, only a small
number of teenagers used their mobile phones for entertainment. However, this number increased a lot
between 2005 and 2010, and a little between 2010 and 2015. In 2015, the most popular devices that
teenagers’ used for entertainment were computers and mobile phones and this is the same today.

1. Which paragraph says what the most popular devices for entertainment are now?

o A

o B

o C

2. Which paragraph talks about devices that were used in the past?

o A

o B

o C

3. Which paragraph introduces what the chart shows?

o A

o B

o C

4. Which paragraph talks about the device used for entertainment a little more in 2015 than in 2000?

o A

o B
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 197
o C

5. Which paragraph tells us what the most important change was over the period of time?

o A

o B

o C

6. Which paragraph talks about the general change of people who watched television and listened to
the radio?

o A

o B

o C

Exercise 7: Read the paragraph describing the chart. Choose the correct form of the verbs to
complete the sentences.

The chart shows/is going to show/will show the changing ways that adults will get news between 2015 and
2030. The results are for radio, newspapers, television and the internet. The way that people get their news
are going to/going to/is going to change a lot in the future.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 198
In 2015, most adults prefer/preferred /will prefer watching the news on television and reading newspapers.
However, we can see from the chart that these ways of getting the news are going to
become/becoming/became less popular in the future. Furthermore, the chart suggests that the number of
adults who listen to the news on the radio falling/fell/will fall between now and 2030. By 2030, listening to
the radio will be/being/is the least popular way for adults to get the news.

The biggest change that we can see in the chart is online news becoming a lot more popular in the future.
Firstly, we can see that in 2015, online news is/was/will be less popular than radio, newspapers and
television. We can also see that only 50% of adults uses/used/ will use the internet for their news at that
time. However, the number of adults who read the news online increase/increased/is going to increase a lot
between now and 2030. By 2030, 90% of adults will get their news online and this will be the most popular
way for adults to get their news.

Exercise 8: Look at the graph showing changes in the use of the internet for different activities in the
future. Write a description of the main changes that the graph shows. Use the Notes to help you.

Notes

Write 3 paragraphs:

1 In the first paragraph, give some general information about what the chart shows.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 199
2 In the second paragraph, describe some of the biggest increases.

3 In the third paragraph, describe some of the biggest decreases.

4 End with a summary of the main points.

Please add text into the Student post.

Student post:

READING – WRITING
LESSON 11

HOMEWORK

GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY

Exercise 1: Match the weather with the pictures. Use the sentences in the box.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 200
It’s a foggy morning. It’s a windy day. It’s icy today. It’s raining. It’s snowing. The sun
is shining. There’s a storm.

1.

2.

3.

4.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 201
5.

6.

7.

Exercise 2: Choose the correct words to match the pictures.

Raincoat/shirt/suit

1.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 202
Boots/shoes/trainers

2.

Skirt/T-shirt/trousers

3.

Umbrella/tie/wallet

4.

Bag/belt/scarf

5.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 203
Gloves/glasses/tights

6.

Handbag/hat/watch

7.

Cap/jacket/jumper

8.

Dress/shorts/skirt

9.

Exercise 3: Match the clothes with the sentences about the weather.
I wear this on my head when I feel cold.
I wear this around my neck when it’s very cold.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 204
We carry this when it’s raining.
I put this on to keep me dry if the weather is wet.
They wear these when the sun’s shining.
I wear these to keep my feet warm when it’s snowing.
She wears these on her hands when it’s an icy day.
He wears these when it’s hot.

1. umbrella
2. scarf
3. raincoat
4.hat
5. gloves
6. sunglasses
7. boots
8. shorts

Exercise 4: Put the words in the correct order to complete the sentences.
Her sister travelling with the station railway she's to
1. _________ _____ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _____

The phoning from at the airport car they're park


2. _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________

In nice café. Having breakfast I'm a


3. _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________

He's the news the at reading online moment


4. _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________

I'm to about holiday tell you spain phoning my in


5. _________ _____ _____ _____ ______ _________ _________ _____ _________

Madrid weather are to about ask you in the ringing


6. ______ ______ ______ ____ ______ ____ _____ ______ ______ _________ ?

Isn't raining today cold and it very it isn't much


7. _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________

Winter wearing and a scarf your boots you are


8. _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ _________ ?

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 205
Exercise 5: Write sentences and questions in the present continuous in column B using the words in
column A. Use short forms where possible.

A B
1. It / rain / today / .
2. What / you / do / at the moment / ?
3. We / are / not / study / today / .
4. I / am / not / work / at home / now / .
5. You / go / to the airport / ?
6. She / finish / her project / this evening / ?
7. What / he / wear / this morning / ?
8. The / sun / shine / this afternoon / .

Exercise 6: Correct the underlined mistakes in each sentence.


1. It’s rains at the moment.
2. Are you go to the airport now?
3. Is she wear her scarf and hat?
4. Do you taking your umbrella to work every day?
5. Does the sun shining a lot in the winter?
6. ‘Is it cold outside?’ ‘Yes, it’s snow.’

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 206
READING – WRITING

LESSON 12

I. READING

1. Here are some notes (a) and a summary (b) based on the text below. First, use your skim-reading
and/or scanning skills to decide which sections of the text they come from. Next, look for the missing
words in these sections, using your knowledge of grammar to identify them. Use no more than TWO
words from the text each time.

a.

b.
It is important to follow the rules when communicating in writing, especially if you are in (1) …………….
environment. There are three areas which are important: (2) ……………. , content and language. The
language needs to be formal and there should be no (3) ……………. You cannot choose to include exactly
what you like, for example financial information must be included in your business's (4) ……………. It also
needs to look good on the page, with everything written in a (5) ……………. format.

In all communication, whether this is verbal or non-verbal, a sender transfers a message to a receiver,
choosing a certain medium. The receiver uses the message clues and the context, and decodes it to
understand it. This is often followed by a new message in return, and so the communication process
continues.
Although this procedure is always the same, it can take many different forms depending on the type of
communication. For example, in non-verbal communication (as opposed to written and spoken
communication, which are both verbal), the code used could be gestures, body language, eye contact and
facial expressions, such as a smile.
Communication is extremely important in the business world. It is likely that in this context both informal
and formal styles will be used. If we take the example of meetings, we might say that they are often

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 207
conducted in quite a relaxed way, with participants using first names and informal language. However, as
soon as the meeting is official, careful records, called minutes, will be kept, following a predetermined
format which is standard across many business situations. Layout is one aspect of a formal style. Content
will also be dictated to some extent by the level of formality. Annual business reports must include certain
types of information to be legal, e.g. financial information, but even a simple letter would not function as
it should without the use of somebody's title (e.g. Mr or Ms). Language is another aspect which needs to
be taken into account. Formal, written communication needs to be clear and to the point, without spelling
or grammar mistakes, and in a formal register (e.g. Dear ..., instead of HI). Not following these important
rules would have a negative effect in any business context.

Exam information: True/False/Not Given

In the exam, you may be asked whether information is correct or not. You will be given a list of statements.
If the text confirms the statement, your answer should be 'TRUE'. If the text contradicts the statement your
answer should be 'FALSE'. If it is impossible to know from the text if the statement is true or not, your
answer should be 'NOT GIVEN'. Do not use your own opinion to answer but check in the text.

2. Do the sentences on the left provide answers to the questions on the right? Put a tick when
they do, or write NOT GIVEN if they don't. Use only the information in the statements.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 208
3. Read the statements below and write TRUE if the text next to it confirms the information, FALSE
if it contradicts the information, or NOT GIVEN if there is not enough information.

4. Make a note of your starting time. Read Part 1 as fast as you can, but make sure you understand
what you read. Don't stop for unknown vocabulary. Afterwards, check your understanding by
answering the questions. Make a note of the time when you finish.
Then do the same for Part 2. Check if you managed to complete Part 2 faster than Part 1.
Part 1:
Crime-fighting technology: a necessity?
Crime-fighting technology is getting more sophisticated and rightly so. The police need to be equipped for
the 21st century. In Britain we've already got the world's biggest DNA database. By next year, the state will
have access to the genetic data of 4.25m people: one British-based person in 14. Hundreds of thousands of
those on the database will never have been charged with a crime.
True or False? Most people in Britain are on the British DNA database.

Britain is also reported to have more than four million CCTV (closed circuit television) cameras. There is a
continuing debate about the effectiveness of CCTV_ Some evidence suggests that it is helpful in reducing
shoplifting and car crime. It has also been used to successfully identify terrorists and murderers. However,
many claim that better lighting is just as effective to prevent crime, and that cameras could displace crime.
An internal police report said that only one crime was solved for every 1,000 cameras in London in 2007. In

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 209
short, there is conflicting evidence about the effectiveness of cameras, so it is likely that the debate will
continue.
True or False? CCTV has helped solve some small and large crimes.

Professor Mike Press, who has spent the past decade studying how design can contribute to crime reduction,
said that, in order for CCTV to have any effect, it must be used in a targeted way.
True, False or Not Given?
Mike Press has been studying the link between design and the amount of crime for ten years.

Part 2:
Most schemes that simply record city centres continually — often not being watched — do not produce
results. CCTV can also have the opposite effect of that intended, by giving citizens a false sense of security
and encouraging them to be careless with property and personal safety.
True or False? CCTV can make people feel safe, which can put them in more danger.

Professor Press said: Ail the evidence suggests that CCTV alone makes no positive impact on crime
reduction and prevention at all. The weight of evidence would suggest the investment is more or less a waste
of money unless you have lots of other things in place' He believes that much of the increase is driven by the
marketing efforts of security companies who promote the crime-reducing benefits of their products. He
described it as a 'lazy approach to crime prevention' and said that authorities should instead be focusing on
how to alter the environment to reduce crime.
True or False? Professor Press believes that CCTV can help reduce crime but only if there are also
changes to the environment.

But in reality, this is not what is happening. Instead, police are considering using more technology in the
future. Police forces have recently begun experimenting with cameras in their helmets. The footage will be
stored on police computers, along with the footage from thousands of CCTV cameras and millions of
pictures from number plate recognition cameras used increasingly to check up on motorists.
True, False or Not Given? The police are already using more technology than before.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 210
II. WRITING

Exam tip: Identifying key points

Make sure you understand the following in a table:


(a) the main heading / title of the table
(b) the column headings / categories and exactly what these show.
Look for the most important information in the table by comparing categories and groups. Notice any
similarities, any differences, any obvious changes and / or trends.
These are what you will need to write about in your answer.

5. Look at the table below, then choose the sentence, a, b or c, which best explains what the table
shows.

a. The table shows how much time people spend on the Internet.
b. The table shows how much time people spend on Internet activities depending on their age.
c. The table shows the percentage of time spent on types of Internet activity by age group.

Exam tip: Writing an introduction

Use the following structure for the introduction to a Task 1 answer:


• One sentence to explain what the table shows. (Use different words from the words used in the heading for
the table wherever possible.)
• One or two sentences summarizing the information shown in the table.
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 211
• Do not include details in the introduction. Save the details for the main part of your text, after the
introduction.

6. Read two different introductions (A and B) to a text about the table in Exercise 5 and answer the
questions.
1. Circle all the verbs in the introductions. What tense are the verbs?
2. Look at the first sentence of each introduction. Do these sentences accurately explain the title of
the table?
3. Underline any details in A and B.
4. Which introduction is better, A or B? Why?

Introduction A: The table shows how much time the age groups spend on different types of Internet
activity. There are six age ranges in the table from 10-15 to over 50. The Internet activities include shopping,
browsing, social networking and playing games.

Introduction B: The table shows how much people like the Internet depending on their age. 70% of
children between ages 10-15 play games on the Internet, and no children between ages 10-15 like shopping.
Most older people browse news sites. They spend 54% of their time reading the news on the Internet.

7. Now complete the rest of the text about the table, using the words from the box.

In general there are many differences depending on age group. The table shows that (1) ……………………
spend a lot of time playing games, but older people do not spend (2) …………………… time playing
games. Younger people spend more time social networking than older people, especially the age range
(3) …………………… They spend 51 % of their time on social networking. Most age groups shop on the
Internet except for the age group (4) …………………… (5) …………………… people in this age group
shop on the Internet. Browsing news and sports sites is popular with (6) …………………… age groups.
Overall, young people like playing games and social networking but older people. (7) ……………………
reading news and (8) …………………… on the Internet.
16-20 younger age groups 10-15 shopping older like much No

Exam tip: Using the right tense

Always use the present tense to describe a table, unless it contains information about a time in the past or if
past dates, e.g. years, are used as categories.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 212
READING – WRITING
LESSON 12

HOMEWORK

PRACTICE TEST 4

Exercise 1: Answer the following questions about the passage below within two minutes. Use words
from the passage for your answers. Note that these questions follow the order of the information in
the text and have no word limit (just for this exercise).

1. Name a complaint that is often made about managers in the United Kingdom.
2. What is the cause of the loss of international business?
3. What is a requirement for managers to do a good job?
4. Which groups of people outside their company do managers have to communicate with?

One criticism of UK managers is that relatively few speak a second language fluently. This can cause
obvious problems for businesses that trade in a global market. Research suggests that UK companies lose
around 13 per cent of the international deals they try to complete due to 'communication problems'.
Managers also need effective written skills if they are to carry out their jobs effectively. The ability to
quickly summarize key points in the form of a report for others in the business is of real value. So is the
skill of reading a report written by someone else and being able to draw out the important elements. As
well as their own staff, managers have to work with other people too. They interact with customers, more
senior managers, suppliers, trade union officials, government officials and the local community. Managers
need to be comfortable in the company of diverse groups, and they need to able to communicate formally
when required and to engage in informal small talk.

Exercise 2: Complete summaries A and B with words from the corresponding passages below. Use NO
MORE THAN ONE WORD for each answer.

Summary A
There should be a small number of (1) …………….. at meetings and there needs to be a (2) ……………..
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 213
for any meeting, which will include a clear agenda. During the meeting there needs to be good
(3) …………….. management and clarity about what the meeting should hopefully (4) …………….. At
the end, there should be a summary and agreement about (5) …………….. action.

Passage A
Managers need a range of communication skills to carry out their jobs effectively. They need to be able to
articulate their ideas and vision and to convey enthusiasm. Good managers may, at times, need to be able to
argue points cogently and to persuade people to their point of view. However, good managers appreciate
that communication is a two-way process, and that listening is an important element of communication.
Listening to the views of others can help to test ideas as well as to develop new products and methods of
production. The most common forum in which managers are required to communicate are meetings. It is
important for managers to plan for meetings, whether with a single person or with a group. Managers should
not invite too many participants to keep numbers to a minimum. They should have a clear agenda for
discussion and should exercise tight time controls to prevent meetings dragging on. Managers should enter
each meeting with a clear idea of what they want it to achieve. At the end of a meeting it is good practice to
summarize what has been agreed and what needs to happen in the future.

Summary B
Working with other people is not always easy, but it is (6) …………….. for the role of managers that they
have interpersonal skills that are (7) …………….. Their (8) …………….. may need encouragement and
help with (9) …………….. and solving problems between colleagues.

Passage B
Communication skills should not be taken for granted. Many managers require training in written and oral
communication skills and many businesses would benefit from employing managers who speak at least one
other language. Interpersonal skills are also necessary if a manager is to work successfully with other people.
If managers lack interpersonal skills, then they are likely to be of limited effectiveness in their role.
Managers with effective interpersonal skills can motivate others and can co-ordinate the work of their
employees. To do this, managers may need to coach and encourage employees as well as solving disputes
and, perhaps more importantly, preventing conflict.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 214
Exercise 3: Questions 1-8

Do the following statements agree with the information in the text? Write:
TRUE if the text confirms the statement
FALSE if the text contradicts the statement
NOT GIVEN if it is impossible to know from the text

Statements:
1. …………. The police may ask the people who are at the crime scene to wait together until
they can talk to them.
2. …………. SOCOs are not normally first at a crime scene.
3. …………. Sometimes hair, skin cells, etc. from a SOCO are left at the crime scene, even
though they wear protection to try to stop this.
4. …………. Every item at a crime scene is photographed five times.
5. …………. Fibres are an example of trace evidence.
6. …………. If evidence is burnt, it cannot be dealt with.
7. …………. A SOCOs job is to help get good evidence to court.
8. …………. SOCOs may have to go to court to provide evidence.

Investigating a crime scene


Assessing the scene
On arrival, the police officer's first job is to carry out an initial assessment of the scene. If they are at first
unsure whether or not a crime has taken place, it's best to assume that it has. Valuable time and evidence
in the investigation could be lost otherwise. First they must deal with anyone at the scene needing medical
help. Any other people present at the scene must be kept apart, as they may be eyewitnesses or suspects.
Witnesses at crime scenes are not allowed to talk to each other. A person's perception of what happened
can get distorted during conversation.
The police officer then calls for a Scene of Crime Officer (SOCO).

Preserving the scene


When the SOCO arrives at the crime scene, they put on a full protective body suit, gloves, a mask, and
plastic overshoes. Without this, the SOCO's skin cells, hair, fibres, fingerprints or shoeprints could be
added to the crime scene.

Recording the scene

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 215
The SOCO must produce a permanent record of the crime scene, using detailed written notes, sketches,
photographs and videos. It is essential that the original position of items at the scene is recorded. Some
biological and chemical evidence may quickly deteriorate. Other evidence may be very fragile, and might
be destroyed as the SOCO tries to recover it. Other evidence from the scene of crime will be sent to the
forensic lab for analysis.

Photographing the scene


When photographing a crime scene, the SOCO follows four rules:
1 Photograph the whole crime scene.
2 Photograph each item at the scene before doing anything to it.
3 Add a scale and photograph the item again.
4 After collecting trace evidence from the item, or removing it for analysis, photograph the same
part of the crime scene again.

The search for evidence


Any evidence at the crime scene may turn out to be important at some stage in the investigation, so it's
important that the team's search is thorough and systematic.
• Some of the evidence, such as a cigarette butt, may be immediately obvious to the SOCO.
• Some of the evidence, such as fibres, may be present in very small amounts. This is called trace
evidence.
• Other evidence, such as fingerprints, may be invisible to the naked eye, and special techniques
are needed to reveal it.
• Some evidence may have been damaged, for example burnt. Special procedures are then needed.

Storing the evidence P2


Each item of evidence must be packaged separately, labelled and sealed before it is stored. Small items,
such as hairs, fibres, glass fragments and paint, are put into plastic bags or bottles and sealed. Clothing
and shoes are put into paper sacks. Evidence must be stored in secure facilities. Most types of evidence
are kept in cool, dry rooms. Biological samples are refrigerated or frozen to prevent their decay.

Using the evidence in a criminal investigation


SOCOs must always use standard methods to process evidence. Only then will it provide valid
information that can be used, or be admissible, in court. If fingerprint and DNA evidence are absent,
incomplete or damaged, other types of evidence may be very important in solving the crime. The way in

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 216
which the SOCO team searches for, collects, packages and stores such evidence is important in preserving
it. Badly preserved evidence may not provide useful information for the investigation and may not be
admissible in court.

II. WRITING

Writing Task 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on this task.
The table below shows the television viewing figures for sports by country, in millions.
Summarize the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make comparisons
where relevant.
Write at least 150 words.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

READING – WRITING
(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 217
LESSON 13

1. Look at the structure of a good example paragraph.

I believe 1the family is one of the most important structures 1. Main idea: the family is important.
in society. It is 2within the family that children can learn 2. Supporting idea which explains / adds to
how to get on with other people and how to behave, and main idea: people learn how to get on with
these things are important for life in the wider world. The others and how to behave in a family
family should also be a stable unit that 3provides love and 3. Supporting idea: the family gives love and
support to children. Without this love and support, children support.
might find it difficult to manage in the wider world. For Bold words = use of cautious language
example, children without loving, supportive parents could
feel unable to do the things they would like to do, like go to
university.

Read these statements and write T (true) or F (false).


1. A paragraph should have more than one main idea.............
2. A paragraph should have more than one supporting idea.............
3. The first sentence of a paragraph should contain the main idea of the paragraph.........
4. The last sentence of a paragraph should contain the main idea of the paragraph..........
5. You should mainly use definite modal verbs, e.g. will/ must.............
6. You should mainly use less definite modal verbs, e.g. can / might / could/ should.........

2. Now read the following paragraphs and decide which one follows the rules in Exercise 1. What is
wrong with the other two?

Paragraph A: Children should learn rules from their parents. Teachers alone cannot teach a child rules. If a
child doesn't have a strict home life, they could ignore the rules of the school and behave badly. Parents
should teach a child rules from an early age so that when they reach school age they are more likely to
behave and make friends with the other children at school.

Paragraph B: Children will be really terrible if they have terrible parents. For example, some children in
my school misbehave and their parents don't care. Although the teacher complains to the parents, the parents

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 218
don't do anything about it. It is better for children if their parents teach them rules from an early age. Then
the child will behave better. Rules must be taught by parents and teachers.

Paragraph C: Rules are important things which must be taught by parents and teachers. Rules need to be
taught by parents first because this will help when the child gets into school. If a child has no rules, he will
misbehave. Also, beliefs need to be taught by parents. A child needs to learn their belief in things like
religion from their parents. Parents should also teach a child some social skills, but a teacher should teach
them school subjects.

3. The first line of each paragraph below is missing. Write a first line which summarizes the main idea
of the paragraph. The first one is done for you.

1. ……Family structures are changing in the West….. Once, the traditional structure of two parents with
two children was the most common family type in Western countries like the UK and the USA, but this is
changing. New family structures include one-parent families and families with children from more than one
marriage. These new family types are becoming increasingly common. Different family structures mean that
many children live with a variety of full, step or half brothers and sisters.

2. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
If more women go out to work, this could affect the children in the family because they are not receiving the
attention they need. Many people claim that children are happy when both their parents are working, but
someone needs to look after the children and the home, and women are often better at this role.

3. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
Having brothers and sisters means that a child learns how to socialize with other children from a young age
and this is incredibly beneficial for them. They also grow up and grow old with an existing support network
around them, which people with no brothers and sisters may not have. An only child can also be very lonely.

4. ……………………………………………………………………………………………………….
It is not a child's job to cook, clean or help in the home. Children should be playing and having fun because
childhood is the only time when they will be free from work. Children should be developing rather than
becoming tired doing housework. Although many argue that helping in the home teaches children to look
after their environment and to be clean, children can learn these things in other ways than through
housework.

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 219
4. Writing Task 2

You should spend about 20 minutes on this task. Write a paragraph about the following topic:
Children should always follow their parents' advice.
To what extent do you agree or disagree with this statement?
Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from your own knowledge or
experience.
Write at least 175 words.

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(1) McClure, K. & Vargo, M. (2015). Q: Skills for Success Intro – Listening and Speaking (2nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
(2) McVeigh, J. & Bixby, J. (2015). Q: Skills for Success 2 – Reading and Writing (2 nd ed.). China: Oxford University Press.
Supplementary materials:
(3) Vince, M. & McNichols, K. (2003). Elementary Language Practice (with Key): English Grammar and Vocabulary (Language Practice)
(2nd ed.). London: Macmillan Education.
(4) Gairns, R. & Redman, S. (2008). Oxford Word Skills Basic. Oxford: Oxford University Press 220
Table of Contents
LESSON 1.........................................................................................................................................................1
I. LEAD-IN....................................................................................................................................................... 1
II. READING.................................................................................................................................................... 3
III. WRITING................................................................................................................................................... 5
HOMEWORK...................................................................................................................................................9
READING AND WRITING.............................................................................................................................9
HOMEWORK.................................................................................................................................................14
GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY............................................................................................................. 14
LESSON 2...................................................................................................................................................... 18
I. LEAD-IN..................................................................................................................................................... 18
II. READING..................................................................................................................................................20
III. WRITING................................................................................................................................................. 22
HOMEWORK.................................................................................................................................................25
READING AND WRITING...........................................................................................................................25
HOMEWORK.................................................................................................................................................31
GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY............................................................................................................. 31
LESSON 3...................................................................................................................................................... 35
I. LEAD-IN..................................................................................................................................................... 35
II. READING..................................................................................................................................................36
III. WRITING................................................................................................................................................. 38
HOMEWORK.................................................................................................................................................42
READING AND WRITING...........................................................................................................................42
HOMEWORK.................................................................................................................................................50
GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY............................................................................................................. 50
LESSON 4...................................................................................................................................................... 57
I. LEAD-IN..................................................................................................................................................... 57
II. READING..................................................................................................................................................59
III. WRITING................................................................................................................................................. 62
HOMEWORK.................................................................................................................................................65
READING AND WRITING...........................................................................................................................65
HOMEWORK.................................................................................................................................................71
GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY............................................................................................................. 71
LESSON 5...................................................................................................................................................... 77
I. LEAD-IN..................................................................................................................................................... 77
II. READING..................................................................................................................................................79
III. WRITING................................................................................................................................................. 80
HOMEWORK.................................................................................................................................................83
READING AND WRITING...........................................................................................................................83
HOMEWORK.................................................................................................................................................90
GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY............................................................................................................. 90
LESSON 6...................................................................................................................................................... 97
I. READING................................................................................................................................................... 97
II. WRITING................................................................................................................................................ 103
HOMEWORK.............................................................................................................................................. 105
PRACTICE TEST 2..................................................................................................................................... 105
LESSON 7.................................................................................................................................................... 108
I. LEAD-IN...................................................................................................................................................108
II. READING................................................................................................................................................108
III. WRITING............................................................................................................................................... 110
HOMEWORK.............................................................................................................................................. 113
READING AND WRITING........................................................................................................................ 113
HOMEWORK.............................................................................................................................................. 120
GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY...........................................................................................................120
LESSON 8.................................................................................................................................................... 125
I. LEAD-IN...................................................................................................................................................125
II. READING................................................................................................................................................125
III. WRITING............................................................................................................................................... 128
HOMEWORK.............................................................................................................................................. 132
READING AND WRITING........................................................................................................................ 132
HOMEWORK.............................................................................................................................................. 139
GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY...........................................................................................................139
LESSON 9.................................................................................................................................................... 144
I. LEAD-IN...................................................................................................................................................144
III. WRITING............................................................................................................................................... 146
HOMEWORK.............................................................................................................................................. 151
READING AND WRITING........................................................................................................................ 151
HOMEWORK.............................................................................................................................................. 160
GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY...........................................................................................................160
READING – WRITING............................................................................................................................... 165
LESSON 10.................................................................................................................................................. 165
I. LEAD-IN...................................................................................................................................................165
II. READING................................................................................................................................................165
III. WRITING............................................................................................................................................... 168
HOMEWORK.............................................................................................................................................. 172
READING AND WRITING........................................................................................................................ 172
HOMEWORK.............................................................................................................................................. 179
GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY...........................................................................................................179
LESSON 11.................................................................................................................................................. 186
I. LEAD-IN...................................................................................................................................................186
II. READING................................................................................................................................................186
III. WRITING............................................................................................................................................... 188
HOMEWORK.............................................................................................................................................. 191
READING AND WRITING........................................................................................................................ 191
HOMEWORK.............................................................................................................................................. 200
GRAMMAR AND VOCABULARY...........................................................................................................200
LESSON 12.................................................................................................................................................. 207
I. READING................................................................................................................................................. 207
II. WRITING................................................................................................................................................ 211
HOMEWORK.............................................................................................................................................. 213
PRACTICE TEST 4..................................................................................................................................... 213
II. WRITING................................................................................................................................................ 217
LESSON 13.................................................................................................................................................. 218

You might also like